FD 93 Shower Rooms FinalPROJECT MANUAL
FOR
FIRE SttA丁 10N93 SHOWER R00MS
PIPING AND VALVE REPLACEMEN丁
OAK BR00K,ILLINOIS
OWNER
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
1200 0AK BR00K ROAD
OAK BR00K,ILLINOIS 60523
ARCHITECT′ENG:NEER
KLUBER,INC.
10S,SHUMWAY AVENUE
BATAVIA,ILLINOIS 60510
DATEI Seplember12,2018
PRO」ECT N0 48 172‐1197
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
FIRE STATION 93 SHOWER R00MS PIPING AND VALVE
REPLACEMENT PROECT
BID PACKAGE
1. Invitation for Bidder's Proposals
2. General Instructions to Bidders
3. Bidder's Proposal
4. Bidder's Sworn Acknowledgement
5. Bidder's Sworn Work History Statement
6. Notice of Award
7. Contract
Contractor' s Certifi cation
Attachment A: Supplemental Schedule of Contract Terms
Attachment B : SPecifications
Attachment C: List of Drawings
Attachment D: Special Project Requirements
Appendix 1: Prevailing Wages
Appendix 2: Form of Performance Bond
Appendix 3: Form of Labor and Materials Bond
ⅥLLAGE OF OAK BR00K
FIRE STATION 93 SⅡOWER R00MS PIPING AND VALVE
REPLACEMENT PROECT
BID PACKAGE
INVITATION FOR BIDDER'S PROPOSALS
OWNER: Village of Oak Brook
1200 Oak Brook Road
Oak Brook, Illinois 60523
1. Invitation to Bid
Owner invites sealed Bidder's Proposals for the Work described in detail in the Contract
and generally described as follows:
Provide and install all materials needed for the Fire Station 93 Shower Rooms Piping and Valve
Replacement Project. The projects consists of the replacement of the galvanized piping for the
showers at Fire Station 93. The existing shower pans and the repair of the tile walls and floors
will also be included as this piping is replaced. The general contractor shall provide and install all
materials, unless noted otherwise.
The Work shall be performed at the following Work Site:
Oak Brook Fire Station 93,725 Enterprise Road, Oak Brook, Illinois 60523
2. The Bid Packaee
The Bid Package consists of the following documents, all of which are by this reference
made apartof this Invitation for Bidder's Proposals as though fully set forth herein:
A. Invitation for Bidder's Proposals;
B. General Instructions to Bidders;
C. Addenda, if any are issued during the bidding process;
D. Bidder's ProPosal;
E. Bidder's SwornAcknowledgement;
F. Bidder's Sworn Work History Statement;
I.
INVITATION
C)ther infollllation subnlitted by Bidder,ifrequested dunng the bidding process;
Notice ofAward;and
Contract,including all ofits attachents and appendices,if any.
4. Inspection and Examination
Bid Documents may be obtained in two ways:
1. Via the Internet at www.oak-brook.org, at no charge.
2. A paper hard copy may be obtained in person from Owner's Purchasing Division,
Butler Government Center, 1200 Oak Brook Road, Oak Brook, Illinois 60523.
The Bid Package may be examined at the office of Owner as listed above. [n making
copies of the Bid Package available to prospective Bidders, Owner does so only for the purpose of
oblaining Bidder's Proposals and such provision does not confer a license or grant for any other
use.
Each prospective Bidder shall, before submitting its Bidder's Proposal, carefully examine
the Bid Package. Each prospective Bidder shall inspect in detail the Work Site and the surrounding
area and shall familiaize itself with all local conditions, including subsurface, underground and
other concealed conditions, affecting the Contract, the Work and the Work Site. The Bidder whose
Bidder's Proposal is accepted will be responsible for all errors in its Bidder's Proposal including
those resulting from its failure or neglect to make a thorough examination and investigation of the
Bid Package and the conditions of the Work Site and the surrounding area.
The Contract specifications may include the Illinois Department of Transportation's
General Conditions of the Contract, "State of Illinois Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge
Construction" (SSRB); "Standard Specifications for Water and Sewer Main Construction in
Illinois" (SSWS); "llinois Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways"
(MUTCD). The specifications also may include Owners' Village Code and Building Code.
References to any of these manuals, codes, and specifications means the latest editions effective
on the date of the bid opening.
5. Pre-Bid Meetine
Every prospective bidder is required to attend a Pre-bid Meeting and Walk-Thru scheduled
for 10:00 A.M., Thursday, September 20r 2018, at the Oak Brook Fire Station 93r 725
Enterprise Road, Oak Brook, Illinois 60523, to review the scope of the improvements and the
project specifications. Failure to attend this mandatory meeting will disqualify the bidder.
G.
H.
-2-
INVITATION
6. Bid Openine
Owner will receive sealed Bidder's Proposals for the Work until 10:00 a.m., local time,
Thursday, September 27, 2018, in the Samuel E. Dean Board Room, at the Butler
Government Center located at 1200 Oak Brook Road, Oak Brook, Illinois 60523, at which
time, or as soon thereafter as possible, all Bidder's Proposals will be publicly opened and read
aloud. Bidders or their agents are invited to be present.
7. Bid Securitv. Bonds and Insurance
A. Bid Security. Each Bidder's Proposal shall be accompanied by a security deposit
of at least 5 percent of the Bidder's Price Proposal in the form of (1) a Cashier's Check or Certified
Check drawn on a solvent bank insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and payable
without condition to Owner or (2) a Bid Bond in a form satisfactory to Owner from a surety
company licensed to do business in the State of Illinois with a general rating of A minus and a
financial size category of Class X or better in Best's Insurance Guide.
B. Performance and Payment Bonds. The successful Bidder will be required to furnish
a performance Bond and a Labor and Material Payment Bond on award of the Contract, each in
the penal sum of the fulI amount of the Contract Price, on forms provided by, or otherwise
acceptable to, Owner, from a surety company meeting the requirements set forth above. Each
Bidd^er's Proposal must be accompanied by a letter from such a surety company stating that it will
execute Bonds on forms provided by, or otherwise acceptable to, Owner, on award of the Contract
to Bidder.
C. Insurance. The successful Bidder will be required to furnish certificates of
insurance as required by Section 4.2 of the Contract on award of the Contract. Each Bidder's
proposal must bi accompanied by a letter from Bidder's insurance carrier or its agent certiffing
thai said insurer has read the requirements set forth in the Contract and will issue the required
certificates and policies of insurance on award of the Contract to Bidder.
DATED: September 12, 2018
Village of Oak Brook
Charlotte K. Pruss
Village Clerk
-3-
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
FIRE STATION 93 SHOWER R00MS PIPING AND VALVE
REPLACEMENT PROЛ CT
BID PACKAGE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Page
l. Interpretation ofDoculnents lncluded in Bid Package.¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨・・¨¨¨¨¨¨¨。12. Calculation ofUnit P五 ce Proposals.…¨¨¨¨¨¨………………¨…………¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨・・………¨……・・¨¨¨・・¨¨・2
3. Prevailing Wages.¨¨¨¨¨………¨¨¨¨¨・・…¨¨¨¨¨¨¨・・¨¨¨¨¨……………・・・・……¨¨¨……¨…………………………………24. Taxes and Beneflts.……..………¨…………………………・・………………………¨……………………………………………25. Pellllits and Licenses.………………¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨………………………………………………・・…………・・¨¨………・・¨¨¨¨¨¨………。26. Preparation ofBidder's Proposal.……………………………………………………………………………・3
7。 Signature Requirelnents.¨………¨¨¨¨¨・・…………¨¨¨¨“¨¨¨¨………………………………………………………………………¨38. Bid Secunty.¨¨¨¨…………・・……………………………¨……………・・・・¨¨¨・・¨¨¨¨¨¨…………………………………………………………49。 Subnlission ofBidder's Proposals.…………………………¨¨……………・・¨¨¨…………………・・¨¨¨¨¨¨¨“¨¨¨¨¨…510。 Withdrawal ofBidder's Proposals.……………………………………………………………・・¨¨…………………¨…………・・5
11. Qualiflcation ofBidders.…………………………・・……………………・・……………………¨………………………………¨・5
12. Disqualiflcation ofBidders.…¨..¨¨¨¨・・……・・…………・・¨¨¨¨¨…………………………………………・・¨¨¨¨¨¨………・6
13. Award ofContract.…………………………………………………………………………………………………614. Notice ofAward;Effective Date ofAward.………………………………………………………………715. Finalization ofContract.……………………………………¨…………………………………………………・・…¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨・7
16. Failure to Execute.…¨¨¨¨¨………………………¨¨¨……………………………¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨・・¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨¨…・8
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
FIRE STATION 93 SⅡOWER R00MS PIPING AND VALVE
REPLACEMENT PROECT
BID PACKAGE
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1. Interpretation of Documents Included in Bid Package
A. Defined Terms. All terms capitalized in these General Instructions to Bidders and
in the other documents included in the Bid Package are defined in the documents included in the
Bid Package and shall have such defined meanings wherever used.
B. Implied Terms. If any personnel, equipment, materials, or supplies that are not
directly or indirectly set forth in the Contract are nevertheless necessary to the proper provision,
performance, and completion of the whole of the Work in accordance with the intent of the
Contract, each prospective Bidder shall understand such personnel, equipment, materials, or
supplies to be implied and shall provide for such personnel, equipment, materials, or supplies in
its Bidder's Proposal as fully as if it were particularly described.
C. Information Provided by Owner. When information pertaining to subsurface,
underground or other concealed conditions, soils analysis, borings, test pits, utility locations or
conditions, buried structures, condition of existing structures, and other preliminary investigations
is distributed with the Bid package, or such information is otherwise made available to any
prospective Bidder by Owner, such information is distributed or made available solely for the
convenience of such prospective Bidder and is not part of the Bid Package. Owner assumes no
responsibility whatevir in respect to the sufficiency or accuracy of any such information, and there
is no guaranty or warranty, either expressed or implied, that the conditions indicated are
represe-ntative of those existing throughout the Work or the Work Site, or that the conditions
indicated are representative of those existing at any particular location, or that unanticipated
conditions may not be Present.
D. Addenda. No interpretation of the documents included within the Bid Package will
be made except by written addendum duly issued by Owner ("Addendum"). No interpretation not
contained in an Addendum shall be valid or have any force or effect whatever, nor entitle any
Bidder to assert any claim or demand against Owner on account thereof.
All Addenda issued prior to the opening of Bidder's Proposals shall become a part of the Bid
package. Each prospective Bidder shall be responsible for inquiring from time to time as to the
availability of Addenda.
INSTRUCTIONS
If any prospective Bidder is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the Bid Package, such
prospective Bidder shall submit to Owner a written request for an interpretation thereof as far in
advance of the scheduled opening of Bidder's Proposals as possible.
Owner shall use its best efforts to issue Addenda in response to all valid, appropriate, and timely
inquiries, but accepts no responsibility for doing so. Inquiries not answered by Addenda shall be
considered invalid, inappropriate, or untimely inquiries.
2. Calculation of Unit Price Proposals
On all items for which Bidder's Proposals are to be received on a unit price basis, the
approximate quantities stated in the Schedule of Prices are Owner's estimate only for Owner's
convenience in comparing Bidder's Proposals and shall not be relied on by Prospective Bidders.
Each prospective Bidder shall, before submitting its Bidder's Proposal, make its own estimate of
the quantities of Unit Price Items required to complete the Work.
3. Prevailins Wases
In accordance with the Prevailing Wage Act, 820 ILCS 130/0.01 et seq., not less than the
prevailing rate of wages for similar work in the locality in which the Work is to be performed shall
te paid to all laborers. Specific provisions relating to the Prevailing Wage Act, and required of
the Contractor, are included in the Contract. A copy of Owner's ordinance ascertaining the
prevailing rate of wages in effect as of the date of the Invitation for Bidder's Proposals, is included
in the Bid Package. If the Illinois Department of Labor revises the prevailing rate of hourly wages
to be paid, the revised rate shall apply to the Contract.
4. Taxes and Benefits
Owner is exempt from state and local sales, use, and excise taxes. Bidder's Price Proposal
shall not include any such taxes. A letter of exemption will be provided to the successful Bidder,
if necessary. Owner will not reimburse, nor assist the successful Bidder in obtaining
reimbursement for, any state or local sales, use or excise taxes paid by the successful Bidder.
Bidder's Price Proposal shall include all other applicable federal, state, and local taxes of
every kind or nature applicable to the Work as well as all taxes, contributions, and premiums for
unemployment insurance, old age or retirement benefits, pensions, annuities or other similar
benefits.
5. Permits and Licenses
Except as otherwise expressly provided in Attachment A to the Contract, Bidder's Price
proposal shall include the cost of obtaining all permits, licenses, and other approvals and
authorizations required by law for performance of the Work. It shall be the sole responsibility of
each prospective Bidder to determine the applicable permits, licenses, and other approvals and
authorizatlons and no extra compensation shall be paid by Owner for the successful Bidder's
failure to include these costs in its Bidder's Proposal.
-2-
INSTRUCTIONS
6. Preparation of Bidder's Proposal
Bidder's Proposals to enter into the Contract for the Work shall be made only on the blank
Bidder's Proposal form furnished by Owner and included in the Bid Package.
The Village requests that proposals are written legibly in ink. In case of any conflict
between words and numbers, words shall prevail. [n case of any error in adding or multiplying
individual items, the prices listed for individual items shall control over any incorrect total of such
iterns. A Bidder's Pioposal may be rejected if it does not contain a requested price for each and
every item named in the Bidder's Proposal form or may be interpreted as bidding "no charge" to
Owner for any item left blank.
prospective Bidders are wamed against making alterations of any kind to the Bidder's
proposal form or to any entry thereon. Bidder's Proposals that contain omissions, conditions,
alterations, or additions not called for may be rejected or interpreted so as to be most favorable to
Owner.
Each Bidder shall securely staple into its Bidder's Proposal a copy of each Addendum
issued and shall include in the place provided therefor in the Bidder's Proposal form a listing of
all such Addenda.
Each Bidder shall complete and securely staple into its Bidder's Proposal the Bidder's
Sworn Acknowledgement and the Bidder's Sworn Work History Statement included in the Bid
package, and shall staple into its Bidder's Proposal the Bid Security and the surety and insurance
commitment letters as specified in the Invitation for Bidder's Proposals.
Every Bidder submitting a Bidder's Proposal shall be conclusively deemed to have
evidenced an intention to be bound thereby whether or not the requirements for signing Bidder's
proposals found in Section 7 of these General Instructions to Bidders are satisfied. However, any
Bidder,s proposal that fails to comply with Section 7 of these General Instructions to Bidders may
nevertheless be rej ected.
Bidder's Proposals that are not submitted on the Bidder's Proposal form furnished by
Owner or that u.. noi prepared in accordance with these General Instructions to Bidders may be
rejected. If a deficiently piepared Bidder's Proposal is not rejected, Owner may demand correction
oiury deficiency and award the Contract to Bidder on satisfactory compliance with these General
Instructions to Bidders.
7. SisnatureRequirements
A. Bidder,s proposals. The following requirements shall be observed in the signing
of each Bidder's ProPosal:
(1) Corporations. Each Bidder's Proposal submitted by a corporation shall be
rrgr"d by the President or other authorized officer of the corporation and
-3¨
INSTRUCTIONS
shall also bear the attesting signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary
of the corporation.
(2) Partnerships. Each Bidder's Proposal submitted by a partnership shall be
signed by all of its general partners or by an attorney-in-fact.
(3) Individuals. Each Bidder's Proposal submitted by an individual shall be
signed by such individual or by an attorney-in-fact.
(4) Joint Ventures. Each Bidder's Proposal submitted by a joint venture shall
be signed by each signatory of the joint venture agreement by which such
joint venture was formed in accordance with the applicable provisions of
(1), (2), and (3) above or by an attorney-in-fact.
When requested by Owner, satisfactory evidence of the authority of the person or persons signing
on behalf of Bidder shall be furnished.
B. Other Documents. The signature requirements set forth in Subsection 7A shall
apply to all other documents in the Bid Package required to be executed by Bidder, Bidder's
.rri.ii6 and Bidder's insurance representatives as well as to the Contract, the Contractor's
Certification, and all other required documentation related to the Contract.
8. Bid Securitv
A. Required.Bid Securitv. Every Bidder's Proposal shall be accompanied by bid
security in the form of a Cashier's Check, Certified Check or Bid Bond as specified in the
Invitation for Bidder's Proposals (*Bid Security"), which Bid Security shall stand as a guaranty
that (l) Bidder will submit all additional information requested by Owner; (2) if such Bidder's
proposal is accepted, Bidder will timely file the Bonds and the certificates and policies of insurance
required by the bontract; and (3) if such Bidder's Proposal is accepted, Bidder will timely execute
the Contract, the Contractor's Certification, and all other required documentation related to the
Contract.
B. Return of Bid Security. Bid Security submitted in the form of Cashier's Checks or
Certified Checks *ill b. r"t rned within five days after execution of the Contract by Owner. Bid
Bonds will not be retumed unless otherwise requested by Bidder.
C. Liquidated Damages. If a Bidder fails to timely submit all additional information
requested Uy o*rr"., or if tn" suicessful Bidder fails to timely and properly submit all required
Bonds, certificates and policies of insurance, or if the successful Bidder fails to timely and properly
execute the Contract, the Contractor's Certification, and all other required documentation related
to the Contract, it will be difficult and impracticable to ascertain and determine the amount of
damage that Owner will sustain by reason of any such failure. For such reason, every Bidder shall,
by su6mitting its Bidder's proposal, be deemed to agree that owner shall have the right, at its
option in the event of any rrr"h d"fuult, to retain or recover as reasonably estimated liquidated
d^amages, and not ur u p.nulty, the entire amount of the Bid Security or five percent of the Bidder's
-4-
INSTRUCTIONS
Price Proposal, whichever is greater, or to exercise any and all equitable remedies it may have
against the defaulting Bidder.
9. Submission of Bidder's Proposal
One copy of each Bidder's Proposal, properly signed, together with all other required
documents, shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope or package and shall be addressed and delivered
to the place, before the time, and in the manner designated in the Invitation for Bidder's Proposals.
A11 Bidder's Proposals received after the time for the opening of bids specified in the Invitation
for Bidder's Proposals will be re
Each sealed envelope or package containing a Bidder's Proposal shall be identified as such
and shall be marked with the title of the Contract and Bidder's full legal name. All Addenda will
be considered part of each Bidder's Proposal whether attached or not.
10. Withdrawal of Bidder's Proposal
Any Bidder's Proposal may be withdrawn at any time prior to the opening of any Bidder's
Proposal, provided that a request in writing, executed by Bidder in the manner specified in
Section 7 of these General lnstructions to Bidders, for the withdrawal of such Bidder's Proposal
is filed with Owner prior to the opening of any Bidder's Proposal. The withdrawal of a Bidder's
Proposal prior to opening of any Bidder's Proposal will not prejudice the right of Bidder to file a
new Bidder's Proposal.
No Bidder's Proposal shall be withdrawn without the consent of Owner for a period of
60 days after the opening of any Bidder's Proposal. Any Bidder's Proposal may be withdrawn at
any time following the expiration of said 60 day period, provided that a request in writing, executed
byBidder in the manner specified in Section 7 of these General Instructions to Bidders, for the
withdrawal of such Bidder's Proposal is filed with Owner after said 60 day period. If no such
request is filed, the date for acceptance of such Bidder's Proposal shall be deemed to be extended
uniil such a request is filed or until Owner executes a Contract pursuant to the Invitation for
Bidder's Proposals or until Owner affirmatively and in writing rejects such Bidder's Proposal.
I l. Oualification of Bidders
A. Factors. Owner intends to award the Contract only to a Bidder that furnishes
satisfactory evidence that it has the requisite experience, ability, capital, facilities, plant,
organization and staffing to enable it to perform the Work successfully and promptly and to
complete the Work for the Contract Price and within the Contract Time.
B. Additional Information. Owner reserves the right to require from any Bidder, prior
to award of the Contract, a detailed statement regarding the business and technical organizations
and plant of Bidder that is available for the Work. tnformation pertaining to financial resources,
"*p"ri"r"" of personnel, contract defaults, litigation history, and pending construction projects
may also be requested.
-5-
INSTRUCTIONS
C. Final Determination. The final selection of the successful Bidder shall be made on
the basis of the amount ofthe Bidder's Price Proposals, Owner's prior experience with the Bidders,
Owner's knowledge of the Bidders' performance on other relevant projects, any additional
information submitted by Bidders to satisfu Owner that Bidders are adequately prepared to fulfill
the Contract, and all other relevant facts or matters mentioned in the Bid Package or that Owner
may legally consider in making its determination.
12. Disqualification of Bidders
A. More Than One Bidder's Proposal. No more than one Bidder's Proposal for the
Work described in the Contract shall be considered from any single corporation, partnership,
individual or joint venture, whether under the same or different names and whether or not in
conjunction with any other corporation, partnership, individual or joint venture. Reasonable
grounds for believing that any co{poration, partnership, individual or joint venture is interested in
irore than one Bidder's Proposal for the Work may cause the rejection of all Bidder's Proposals
in which such corporation, partnership, individual or joint venture is interested. Nothing contained
in this Subsection 12A shall prohibit any single corporation, partnership, individual or joint
venture, whether under the same or different names and whether or not in conjunction with any
other corporation, partnership, individual or joint venture, from submitting a bid or quoting prices
to more th* orr" Bidder for equipment, materials and supplies or labor to be fumished as a
subcontractor or supplier.
B. Collusion. If there are reasonable grounds for believing that collusion exists among
any Bidders, all Bidder's Proposals of the participants in such collusion will not be considered.
C. Default. If a Bidder is or has been in default on a contract with Owner or in the
payrnent of monies due Owner, its Bidder's Proposal will not be considered.
13. Award of Contract
A. Reservation of Rigilrts. Owner reserves the right to accept the Bidder's Proposal
that is, in its judgment, the best and most favorable to the interests of Owner and the public; to
reject the low Prile Proposal; to accept any item of any Bidder's Proposal; to reject any and all
Bidder,s proposals; to accept and incorporate corrections, clarifications ormodifications following
the opening of tn" Bidder's Proposals when to do so would not, in Owner's opinion, prejudice the
bidding pro""., or create any improper advantage to any Bidder; and to waive irregularities and
informatities in the bidding process or in any Bidder's Proposal submitted; provided, however,
that the waiver of any prioidefect or informality shall not be considered a waiver of any future or
similar defects or informalities, and Bidders should not rely on, or anticipate, such waivers in
submitting their Bidder's Proposals'
B. Firm Offers. All Bidder's Proposals are firm offers to enter into the Contract and
no Bidder,s p.oporul. rhuil be deemed rejected, notwithstanding acceptance of any other Bidder's
proposal, until ihe Contract has been executed by both Owner and the successful Bidder or until
owner affirmatively and in writing rejects such Bidder's Proposal.
¨6‐
INSTRUCTIONS
C. Time of Award. It is expected that the award of the Contract, if it is awarded, will
be made within 45 days following the opening of the Bidder's Proposals. Should administrative
difficulties be encountered after the opening of the Bidder's Proposals, including the annulment of
any award, that may delay an award or subsequent award beyond such 45 day period, Owner may
accept any Bidder's Proposal for which the date for acceptance has been extended as provided in
Section 10 of these General Instructions to Bidders in order to avoid the need for re-advertisement.
No Bidder shall be under any obligation to extend the date for acceptance of its Bidder's Proposal.
Failure of one or more of the Bidders or their sureties to extend the date for acceptance of its
Bidder's Proposal shall not prejudice the right of Owner to accept any Bidder's Proposal for which
the date for acceptance has been extended.
14. Notice of Award: Effective Date of Award
If the Contract is awarded by Owner, such award shall be effective when a Notice of Award
in the form included in the Bid Package has been delivered to the successful Bidder ("Effective
Date of Award"). Owner will prepare two copies of the Contract based on Bidder's Proposal and
will submit them to the successful Bidder with the Notice of Award.
15. Finalization of Contract
A. Finalization Date. Unless otherwise stated in the Notice of Award, the successful
Bidder shall satisfactorily complete all conditions precedent to signing the Contract before the 1Oth
day after the Effective Date of Award or within such extended period as Owner may, in the exercise
of its sole discretion, authorize in writing after issuance of the Notice of Award ("Finalization
Date").
B. Conditions Precedent to Finalization. On or before the Finalization Date, the
successful Bidder shall: (1) sign (see SectionT), date as of the Finalization Date, and submit to
Owner both copies of the Contract, the Contractor's Certification, and all other required
documentation r-elated to the Contract on or before the Finalization Date; and (2) submit two
executed copies of all required Bonds dated as of the Finalization Date and all certificates and
policies of insurance.
Failure to timely execute or submit any of the aforesaid documents shall be grounds for the
imposition of liquidated damages as more specifically set forth in Section 8 above. Ifthe submitted
documents or any of them fail to comply with these General Instructions to Bidders or the Contract
or are not timely executed and submitted, Owner may, in its sole discretion, annul the award or
allow the successful Bidder an opportunity to correct the deficiencies.
In no event will Owner execute the Contract until any and all such deficiencies have been cured
or Owner has received adequate assurances, as determined by Owner, of complete and prompt
performance.
C. Finalization. On the Finalization Date, and provided that all documents required to
be submitted prior to or on the Finalization Date have been reviewed and determined by Owner to
be in compliance with these General Instructions to Bidders and the Contract, or assurances of
-7-
INSTRUCTIONS
complete and prompt performance satisfactory to Owner have been received, Owner shall execute
all copies of the Contract and tender one copy to the successful Bidder at the Finalization. The
successful Bidder shall tender a copy to its surety company or companies.
16. Failure to Finalize
A. Annulment of Award: Liquidated Damases. The failure or refusal of a successful
Bidder to comply with the conditions precedent to finalization or to properly finalize and execute
the Contract shall be just cause for the annulment of the award and the imposition of liquidated
damages or the exercise of equitable remedies, both as more specifically set forth in Section 8
above.
B. Subsequent Awards. On annulment of an award, Owner may accept, and award a
Contract based on, any other Bidder's Proposal as Owner, in its sole judgment, deems to be the
best or may invite new Proposals or may abandon the bidding process or the Work.
-8-
PROPOSAL
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
FIRE STATION 93 SⅡOWER R00MS PIPING AND VALVE
REPLACEMENT PROECT
BID PACKAGE
BIDDER'S PROPOSAL
Full Name ofBidder (``Bidder')
Principal Office Address
Local Office Address
Contact Person Telephone
TO: Village of Oak Brook ("Owner")
1200 Oak Brook Road
Oak Brook,IL 60523
Attention: Rania Serences, Senior Purchasing Assistant
Bidder warrants and represents that Bidder has carefully examined the Work Site described below
and its environs and has reviewed and understood all documents included, referred to, or
mentionedinthissetofdocuments,includingAddendaNos.-,whicharesecure1y
stapled to the end of this Bidder's Proposal [if none, write "NONE"] ("Bid Package").
Bidder acknowledges and agrees that all terms capitalizedin this Bidder's Proposal shall have the
meaning given to them in the documents included in the Bid Package.
1. Work Proposal
A. Contract and Work. If this Bidder's Proposal is accepted, Bidder proposes, and agrees,
that Bidder will contract with Owner, in the form of the Contract included in the Bid Package:
(l) to provide, perform and complete at the site or sites described in the Bid Package ("Work Site")
*d loth. manner described and specified in the Bid Package all necessary work, labor, services,
transportation, equipment, materials, apparatus, machinery, tools, fuels, gas, electric, water, waste
disposal, information, data and other means and items necessary for the Fire Station 93 Shower
Rooms iiplrg and Valve Replacement Project. The projects consists of the replacement of th9
galvanized piiing for the showers at Fire Station 93 as indicated in the drawings and described
herein. The existing shower pans and the repair of the tile walls and floors will also be included
as this piping is replaced. ffr" general contractor shall provide and install all materials, unless
noted oit L*ir"; (i) toprocure und fu*irh all permits, licenses and other governmental approvals
and authorizations ,r""irrury in connection therewith except as otherwise expressly provided in
PROPOSAL
Attachment A to the Contract included in the Bid Package; (3) to procure and fumish all Bonds
and all certificates and policies of insurance specified in the Bid Package; (4) to pay all applicable
federal, state and local taxes; (5) to do all other things required of Contractor by the Contract; and
(6) to provide, perform and complete all of the foregoing in a proper and workmanlike manner and
in fulL compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, the Conhact; all of which is herein
referred to as the "Work."
B. Manner and Time of Performance. If this Bidder's Proposal is accepted, Bidder
proposes, and agrees, that Bidder will perform the Work in the manner and time prescribed in the
Bid Package and according to the requirements of Owner pursuant thereto.
C. General. If this Bidder's Proposal is accepted, Bidder proposes, and agrees, that
Bidder will do all other things required of Bidder or Contractor, as the case may be, by the Bid
Package.
2. Contract Price ProPosal
If this Bidder's Proposal is accepted, Bidder will, except as otherwise provided in
Section 2.1 of the Contract, take in full payment for all Work and other matters set forth under
Section 1 above, including overhead and profit; taxes, contributions, and premiums; and
compensation to all subcontractors and suppliers, the compensation set forth on the following
..Schedule of Prices" ("Price Proposal"), which Schedule of Prices Bidder understands and agrees
will be made apart of the Contract:
SCHEDULE OF PRICES
A. LUMP SUM CONTRACT
provide and install all materials needed for the Fire Station 93 Shower Rooms Piping and
Valve Replacement Project. For providing, performing, and completing Work, the total
Contract Price of :
In words
B. BASIS FOR DETERMINING PRICES
It is expressly understood and agreed that:
1. μ)′ル″〃
2. Owner is not subject tO state or locd sdes,usc and excise taxes and no such taxes are
included in this Schedule ofP五 ces;
-10-
3.
4.
PROPOSAL
All other applicable federal, state, and local taxes of every kind and nature applicable to
the Work as well as all taxes, contributions, and premiums for unemployment insurance,
old age or retirement benefits, pensions, annuities, or other similar benefits are included in
this Schedule of Prices; and
All costs, royalties, and fees arising from the use on, or the incorporation into, the Work of
patented equipment, materials, supplies, tools, appliances, devices, processes, or inventions
are included in this Schedule of Prices.
3. Contract Time Proposal
If this Bidder's Proposal is accepted, Bidder will commence the Work not later than the
"Commencement Date" set forth in Attachment A to the Contract and will perform the Work
diligently and continuously and will complete the Work not later than the "Completion Date" set
forth in Attachment A to the Contract.
4. Firm Proposal
All prices and other terms stated in this Bidder's Proposal are firm and shall not be subject
to withdrawal, escalation, or change for a period of 60 days after the date on which any Bidder's
Proposal is opened or such extended acceptance date for Bidder's Proposals as may be established
pursuant to Sections l0 and 13 of the General Instructions to Bidders.
5. Bidder Representations
A. No Collusion. Bidder warrants and represents that the only persons, firms, or
corporations interested in this Bidder's Proposal as principals are those named in Bidder's Sworn
Acknowledgment attached hereto and that this Bidder's Proposal is made without collusion with
any other person, firm or corporation.
B. Not Barred. Bidder warrants, represents and certifies that it is not barred by law
from contracting with Owner or with any unit of state or local government.
C. Oualified. Bidder warrants and represents that Bidder has the requisite experience,
ability, capital, facilities, plant, organization and staff to enable Bidder to perform the Work
successfuliy and promptly and to commence and complete the Work within the Contract Price and
Contract Time Proposals set forth above. In support thereof, Bidder submits the attached Sworn
Work History Statement. In the event Bidder is preliminarily deemed to be one of the most
favorable to the interests of Owner, Bidder hereby agrees to furnish on request, within two business
days or such longer period as may be set forth in the request, such additional information as may
be necessary to satisfy Owner that Bidder is adequately prepared to fulfill the Contract.
D. Owner's Reliance. Bidder acknowledges that Owner is relying on all warranties,
representations and statements made by Bidder in this Bidder's Proposal.
-1 1-
PROPOSAL
6. Suretv and Insurance
Bidder herewith tenders surety and insurance commitment letters as specified in Section 6
of the Invitation for Bidder's Proposals.
7. Bid Securitv
Bidder herewith tenders a Cashier's Check, Certified Check, or Bid Bond as specified in
Section 6 of the Invitation for Bidder's Proposals for 5 percent of Bidder's Price Proposal (*Bid
Security").
8. Owner's Remedies
Bidder acknowledges and agrees that should Bidder fail to timely submit all additional
information that is requested of it; or should Bidder, if Owner awards Bidder the Contract, fail to
timely submit all the Bonds and all the certificates and policies of insurance required of it; or
should Bidder, if Owner awards Bidder the Contract, fail to timely execute the Contract,
Contractor's Certification and all other required documentation related to the Contract, it will be
difficult and impracticable to ascertain and determine the amount of damage that Owner will
sustain by reason of any such failure and, for such reason, Owner shall have the right, at its option
in the event of any such default by Bidder, to retain or recover as reasonably estimated liquidated
damages, and not as a penalty, the entire amount of the Bid Security or five percent of Bidder's
Price Proposal, whichever is greater, or to exercise any and all equitable remedies it may have
against Bidder.
9. Owner's Rishts
Bidder acknowledges and agrees that Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bidder's
Proposals, reserves the right to accept or reject any item of any Bidder's Proposal and reserves
such other rights as are set forth in Section 13 of the General Instructions to Bidders.
-12-
PROPOSAL
10. Bidder's Oblieations
In submitting this Bidder's Proposal, Bidder understands and agrees that it shall be bound
by each and every term, condition or provision contained in the Bid Package, which are by this
reference incorporated herein and made a part hereof.
DATED:
Bidder
2018
By:
Title:
Attest
By:
Title:
SEE GENERALINSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS,SECTION 7,
FOR SIGNATURE REQUIREMENTS
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
FIRE STATION 93 SHOWER R00MS PIPING AND VALVE
REPLACEMENT PROECT
BID PACKAGE
BIDDER'SSWORN ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
(`つ 響οれθκ′'),being irst duly swom on oath,
deposes and states that the undersigned Bidder is organized as indicated below and that all
statellnents herein inade are Fnade On behalfofsuch Bidder in support ofits Bidder's Proposal for
the above Contract and that Deponentis autho五 zed to make thern.
Deponent also deposes and states that Bidderhas carenlllyprepared,reviewed and checked
its Bidder's Proposal and that the staternents contained in its Bidder's Proposal and in this
Acknowledgelnent are true and correct.
COⅣIPLETE APPLICABLE SECTION ONLY
l. Corporation
Bidder is a corporation that is organized and existing under the laws of the State of
that is qualified to do business in the State of Illinois, and that is operating under
the legal name of
The offlcers ofthe corporation are as follows:
TITLE NAME ADDRESS
President
Vice President
Secretary
Treasurer
2. Partnership
Bidder is a partnership that is organized, existing and registered under the laws of the State
of-pursuanttothatcertainPartnershipAgreementdatedasof-,that
ir q*lifi"d to do business in the State of Illinois, and that is operating under the legal name of
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
The general partners ofthe partnership are as follows:
NAME ADDRESS
3. Individual
Bidder is an individual as fbllows:
Full name:
Residence address:
Business address:
If operating under a trade or assumed
name that name is:
4. Joint Venture
Bidder is a joint venture that is organized and existing under the laws of the State of
pursuant to that certaicertain Joint Venture Agreement dated as of that ls
qualified to do business in the State of Illinois, and that is operatinging under the legal name of
The signatories to the aforesaid Joint Venture Agreement are as follows:
NAME (ANd ENTITY TYPE) ADDRESS000
-2-
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
[For each signatory,indicate type of entity(CorpOration=“C'';Partnership=“P";and lndividual
=``I'')and prO宙 dc,on separate sheets,the info.11latiOn required in Paragraph l,2,or 3 above,as
applicable]
DATED:20 .
Bidder
By:
Title:
Subscribed and Swom to before me on
Notary Public
My commission expires:
Attest
By:
Title:
20 .
SEE GENERALINSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS,SECTION 7,
FOR SIGNATURE REQUIREMENTS
…3-
20
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
FIRE STATION 93 SHOWER R00MS PIPING AND VALVE
REPLACEMENT PROECT
BID PACKAGE
BIDDER'S SWORN WORK HISTORY STATEMENT
oath,deposes and states that all staternents madこ in th(“
Deponent"),being irst duly swom on
staternents made in this Sworn Work History Staternent are made
on behalfofthe undersigned Bidderin support ofits Bidder's Proposal fbr the above Contract and
that Deponentis autho五 zed to make theln.
Deponent also deposes and states that I〕idder has carenllly prepared,reviewed and
checked this Swom Work History Statement and thatthe statelrnents contained in this Sworn Work
History Statelnent are tme and correct.
IF NECESSARY FOR FULL DISCLOSURE,ADD SEPARATE SⅡEETS
JOINT VENTURES PIUST SUBⅣIIT SEPARATE
SWORN WORK HISTORY STATEMENTS FOR TⅡE JOINT VENTURE
AND FOR EACⅡ SIGNATORY TO THE JOINT VENTURE AGREEMENT
1. Nature of Business
State the nature of Bidder's business:
2. Comnosition of Work
During the past three years, Bidder's work has consisted of:
% Federal
0/OC)ther Public
%P五 vate
% As Contractor o% Bidder's Forces
o/o As Subcontractor o% Subcontractors
%Materials
3. Years in Business
State the number of years that Bidder, under its current name and organization, has been
continuously engaged in the aforesaid business: - years
WORK ⅡISTORY STATEMENT
4. Predecessor Organizations
If Bidder has been in business under its current name and organization for less than five years, list
any predecessor organizations :
NAME ADDRESS YEARS
5. Business Licenses
List all business licenses currently held by Bidder:
ISSUING AGENCY TYPE NUMBER EXPIRATION
6. Related Experience
List three projects most comparable to the Work completed by Bidder, or its predecessors,
in the past five years:
PROJECT ONE PROJECT TWO PROJECT TIIREE
Owner Name
Owner Address
Reference
Telephone Number
Type of Work
-2…
Contractor
(If Bidder was)
(Subcontractor)
Amount ofContract
Date Completed
DATED:
Bidder
By:
Title:
Subscribed and Sworn to before me on
Notary Public
My commission expires:
WORK ⅡISTORY STATEMENT
PROJECT ONE PROJECT TWO PROJECT THREE
20 .
Attest
By:
Title:
20 .
SEE GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS,SECTION 7,
FOR SIGNATURE REQUIREMENTS
-3-
20
TO:
ⅥLLAGE OF OAK BR00K
FIRE STATION 93 SⅡOWER R00MS PIPING AND VALVE
REPLACEMENT PROECT
BID PACKAGE
NOTICE OF AWARD
FROM: Village of Oak Brook
(``COntractor")
On
(“OWnぽ ')
20___,Owner found to be rnost favorable to the interests of()wner
the Bidder's Proposal submitted by Contractor and dated 20___,in which
Contractor proposes to contract with Owner, in the form of the Contract included in the Bid
Package to perform the following Work: (1) to provide, perform and complete at the Work Site
and in the manner described and specified in the Bid Package all necessary work, labor, services,
transportation, equipment, materials, apparatus, machinery, tools, fuels, gas, electric, water, waste
disposal, information, data and other means and items necessary for Fire Station 93 Shower Rooms
Piping and Valve Replacement Project. The projects consists of the replacement of the galvanized
piping for the showers at Fire Station 93 as indicated in the drawings and described herein. The
.*i.ting shower pans and the repair of the tile walls and floors will also be included as this piping
is replaced. The general contractor shall provide and install all materials, unless noted otherwise;
The general contractor shall provide and install all materials, unless noted otherwise; (2) to procure
and irrnish all permits,licenses and other govefirmental approvals and authorizations necessary in
connection therewith except as otherwise expressly provided in Attachment A to the Contract
included in the Bid package; (3) to procure and furnish all Bonds and all certificates and policies
of insurance specified in the Bid Package; (4) to pay all applicable federal, state and local taxes;
(5) to do all oiher things required of the Contractor by the Contract; and (6) to provide, perform
and complete all of the foregoing in a proper and workmanlike manner and in full compliance
with, and as required by or pursuant to, the Contract.
OWNER ACCORDINGLY AWARDS CONTRACTO& EFFECTIVE AS OF THE DATE
oF DELMRY OF THIS NOTICE OF AWARD, THE CONTRACT FOR SAID WORK
FOR TIIE LUMP SUM AND/OR UNIT PRICES, AS THE CASE MAY BE, SET FORTH
IN TIIE BIDDER'S PROPOSAL.
The Contract will be finalized and executed on =---,20-, at the above listed
office of Owner. The Contract will be executed by Owner provided that all conditions precedent
to frnalization have been satisfied. Contractor must have complied with all conditions precedent
NOTICE OF AWARI)
to finalization set forth in Section 15 of the General Instructions to Bidders included in the Bid
Package, on or before this date.
The failure or refusal to comply with the conditions precedent to finalization on or before the
Finalization Date or to execute the Contract on the Finalization Date shall result, at Owner's
option, in the imposition of liquidated damages and the annulment of this award, or in Owner's
exercise of any or all equitable remedies Owner may have, all as more specifically set forth in
Sections 8, 15, and l6 of the General Instructions to Bidders.
DATED:,20-.
Village of Oak Brook
Name
Title
#34920191 v2
By:
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
CONTRACT FOR FIRE STATION 93 SHOWER R00MIS PIPING
AND VALVE REPLACEMENT PROJECT
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
CONTRACT FOR FIRE STATION 93 SHOWER R00MS PIPING
AND VALVE REPLACEMENT PROECT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Pase
ARTICLE I: THE WORK ............1
1.1 Performance of the Work ...................1
1.2 Commencement and Completion Dates ......-.-......2
1.3 Required Submittals .........2
A. Submittals Required .........2
B. Number and Format ..........2
C. Time of Submission and Owner's Review. ..........2
D. Responsibility for De1ay........ .-...........2
1.4 Review and Interpretation of Contract Provisions .................3
1.5 Conditions at the Work Site; Record Drawings .....................3
1.6 Technical Ability to Perform ..............4
1.7 Financial Ability to Perform ...............4
1.8 Time......... .......4
1.9 Safety at the Work Site........... """"""4
1.10 Cleanliness of the Work Site and Environs """"" 5
1.1 1 Damage to the Work, the Work Site, and Other Property.... """""""""" 5
l.l2 Subcontractors and Suppliers """"""' 5
A. Approval and Use of Subcontractors and Suppliers............. """""""""" 5
B. Removal of Subcontractors and Suppliers............ """"""""'6
1.13 Simultaneous Work By Others. """""6
l.l4 Occupancy Prior to Final Payment'............ """""6
1.15 Owner',s Right to Terminate or Suspend work for convenience..............................6
A. Termination or Suspension for Convenience ....."""" """""" 6
B. Payment for Completed Work.. """""6
ARTICLE II: CHANGES AND DELAYS. """""""""""7
2.1 Changes ..........7
2.2 Delays .............7
A. Extensions for Unavoidable Delays .....................7
B. No Compensation for Delays .............7
ARTICLE III: CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEFECTIVE WORI(.......7
3.1 Inspection; Testing; Correction of Defects. ..........7
A. Inspection .......7
B. Re-Inspection............ ........7
C. Correction .......7
3.2 Warranty of Work.... .........8
A. Scope of Warranty............... ...............8
B. Repairs; Extension of Warranty............... ............8
C. Subcontractor and Supplier Warranties ................8
3.3 Owner's Right to Correct ...................8
ARTICLE IV: FINANCIAL ASSURANCES.......... ........8
4.1 Bonds....... .......8
4.2 Insurance.. .......9
4.3 Indemnification.......... .......9
ARTICLE V: PAYMENT......... ......................9
5.1 Contract Price......... ..........9
5.2 Taxes and Benefits.............. ...............9
5.3 Progress Payments.. ..........9
A. Payment in Installments .......... ...........9
B. Pay Requests............. ........9
C. Work Entire .'..................10
5.4 Final Acceptance and Final Payment............ .....10
A. Notice of Completion............ ...........10
B. Punch List and Final Acceptance........ ...............10
C. Final Payment............ .....10
5.5 Liens .............10
A. Tit1e.......... .....10
B. Waivers of Lien ............'.11
C. Removal of Liens ........'..11
D. Protection of Owner On1y......... .......11
5.6 Deductions ......................11
A. Owner's Right to Withhold............... .................1I
B. Use of Withheld Funds .....................12
ARTICLE VI: DISPUTES AND R8MEDIES................ .................12
6.1 Dispute Resolution Procedure ..........12
A. Notice of Disputes and Objections.......... ...........12
B. Negotiation of Disputes and Objections........... ....................12
6.2 Contractor's Remedies ............... ......12
6.3 Owner's Remedies.. ........12
6.4 Owner's Additional Remedy for Delay.. ............14
6.5 Terminations and Suspensions Deemed for Convenience......... ............14
ARTICLE VII: LEGAL RELATIONSHIPS AND REQUIREMENTS...........................14
7.1 Binding Effect ................14
7.2 Relationship of the Parties....... ........,14
7.3 No Collusion/Prohibited Interests ......................14
7.4 Assignment................ ....' 15
7.5 Confidential tnformation .................. 15
7.6 No Waiver .....................' 15
7.7 No Third Party Beneficiaries..... ....... 16
7.8 Notices..... .....16
7.9 Governing Laws ........ .....16
7.10 Changes in Laws..... ........16
7 .ll Compliance with Laws......... ............17
A. Compliance Required .....17
B. Liability for Fines, Penalties... ..........17
C. Prevailing Wage Act............ .............17
D. Required Provisions Deemed Inserted ...-...........17
7.12 Compliance with Patents ..................18
A. Assumption of Costs, Royalties, and Fees ........' 18
B. Effect of Contractor Being Enjoined... ...............18
7.13 Time......... .'... 18
7.14 Severabi1ity............... ......18
7 .15 Entire Agreement ............ 18
7.16 Amendments............... ........'............. 19
Contractor's Certification
Attachment A: Supplemental Schedule of Contract Terms
Attachment B: Specifications
Affachment C: List of Drawings
Attachment D: Special Project Requirernents
Appendix 1: Prevailing Wages
Appendix 2: Form of Performance Bond
Appendix 3: Form of Labor and Materials Bond
-lV―
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
CONTRACT FOR FIRE STATION 93 SHOWER R00MS PIPING
AND VALVE REPLACEMENT PROECT
In consideration of the mutual promises set forth below, the Village of Oak Brook, 1200
Oak Brook Roadr Oak Brook, Illinois, 60523, an Illinois municipal corporation ("Owner"), and
a Corporati on (" C o ntr act or"), make
this Contract as of 2018, (the"Effective Date") and hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I: THE WORK
l.l Performance ofthe Work
Contractor,at its sole cost and expense,must provide,perfollll,and complete all of the
following,a1l ofwhich is herein referred to as the“″b′″':
Labor" Equipment. Materials. and Supplies. Provide, perform, and complete, in the
manner described and specified in this Contract, all necessary work, labor, services,
transportation, equipment, materials, apparatus, machinery, tools, fuels, gas,
electric, water, waste disposal, information, data, and other means and iterns
necessary to accomplish the Project at the Work Site, both as defined in
Attachment A, in accordance with the specifications attached hereto as
Attachment B, the drawings identified in the list attached hereto as Attachment C,
and the Special Project Requirements attached hereto as Attachment D.
permits. Except as otherwise provided in Attachment A, procure and furnish all
permits, licenses, and other govemmental approvals and authorizations necessary
in connection therewith.
Bonds and Insurance. Procure and furnish all Bonds and all certificates of
insurance specified in this Contract.
Taxes. Pay all applicable federal, state, and local taxes.
Miscellaneous. Do all other things required of Contractor by this Contract,
,""trd*g *rthout limitation arranging for utility and other services needed for the
Work *d fo. testing, including the installation of temporary utility lines, wiring,
switches, fixtures, hoses, connections, and meters, and providing sufficient sanitary
conveniences and shelters to accommodate all workers and all personnel of Owner
engaged in the Work.
Ouality. Provide, perform, and complete all of the foregoing in a proper and
workmanlike mannir, consistent with the highest standards of professional and
3.
6.
CONTRACT
construction practices and in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant
to, this Contract, and with the greatest economy, efficiency, and expedition
consistent therewith, with only new, undamaged and first quality equipment,
materials, and supplies.
1.2 Commencement and Completion Dates
Contractor must commence the Work not later than the "Commencement Date" set forth
on Attachment A and must diligently and continuously prosecute the Work at such a rate as will
allow the Work to be fully provided, performed, and completed in fulI compliance with this
Contract not later than the "Completion Date" set forth in Attachment A. The time of
cofilmencement, rate of progress, and time of completion are referred to in this Contract as the
"Contract Time."
1.3 Required Submittals
A. Submittals Required. Contractor must submit to Owner all documents, data, and
information specifically required to be submitted by Contractor under this Contract and must, in
addition, submit to Owner all such drawings, specifications, descriptive information, and
engineering documents, data, and information as may be required, or as may be requested by
Owner, to show the details of the Work, including a complete description of all equipment,
materials, and supplies to be provided under this Contract ("Required Submittals"). Such details
must include, bul are not limited to, design data, structural and operating features, principal
dimensions, space required or provided, clearances required or provided, tyPe and brand of finish,
and all similar matters, for all components of the Work.
B. Number and Format. Contractor must provide three complete sets for each
Required Submittal. All Required Submittals must be prepared on white 8-llT"xl l" paper.
C. Time of Submission and Owner's Review. All Required Submittals must be
provided to Owner no later than the time, if any, specified in this Contract for their submission or,
if no time for submission is specified, in sufficient time, in Owner's sole opinion, to permit Owner
to review the same prior to ihe "om*"rcement
of the part of the Work to which they relate and
prior to the purchase of any equipment, materials, or supplies that they describe. Owner will have
it "
.ight to iequire such corrections as may be necessary to make such submittals conform to this
Contract. All such submittals will, after final processing and review with no exception noted by
Owner, become apart of this Contract. No Work related to any submittal may be performed by
Contractor until Owner has completed review of such submittal with no exception noted. Owner's
review and stamping of any Required Submittal will be for the sole pufpose of examining the
general management, design, and details of the proposed Work, does not relieve Contractor of the
lntire r".porrribility for the performance of the Work in full compliance with, and as required by
o, pr...runt to this Contract, and may not be regarded as any assumption of risk or liability by
Owner.
D. Responsibility for Dela)r. Contractor is responsible for any delay in the Work due
to delay in providing Required Submittals conforming to this Contract.
‐2‐
CONTRACT
1.4 Review and Interpretation of Contract Provisions
Contractor represents and warrants that it has carefully reviewed this Contract, including
all of its Attachments, and the drawings identified in Attachment C, all of which are by this
reference incorporated into and made a part of this Contract. Contractor must, at no increase in
the Contract Price, provide workmanship, equipment, materials, and supplies that fully conform
to this Contract. Whenever any equipment, materials or supplies are specified or described in this
Contract by using the name or other identifying feature of a proprietary product or the name or
other identifyrng feature of a particular manufacturer or vendor, the specific item mentioned is
understood as establishing the t1pe, function and quality desired. Other manufacturers' or
vendors' products may be accepted, provided that the products proposed are equivalent in
substance and function to those named as determined by Owner in its sole and absolute discretion.
Contractor must promptly notify Owner of any discrepancy, error, omission, ambiguity, or
conflict among any of the provisions of this Contract before proceeding with any Work affected
thereby. If Contractor fails to give such notice to Owner, then the subsequent decision of Owner
as to which provision of this Contract governs is final, and any corrective work required does not
entitle Contractor to any damages, to any compensation in excess of the Contract Price, or to any
delay or extension of the Contract Time.
When the equipment, materials, or supplies furnished by Contractor cannot be installed as
specified in this Contract, Contractor must, without any increase in the Contract Price, make all
modifications required to properly install the equipment, materials, or supplies. Any such
modification is subject to the prior review and consent of Owner.
1.5 Conditions at the Work Site: Record Drawines
Contractor represents and warrants that it has had a sufficient opportunity to conduct a
thorough investigation of the Work Site and the surrounding area and has completed such
investigation to its satisfaction. Contractor will have no claim for damages, for compensation in
excess ofthe Contract Price, or for a delay or extension ofthe Contract Time based upon conditions
found at, or in the vicinity of, the Work Site. When information pertaining to subsurface,
underground or other concealed conditions, soils analysis, borings, test pits, utility locations or
conditions, buried structures, condition of existing structures, and other investigations is or has
been provided by Owner, or is or has been otherwise made available to Contractor by Owner, such
information is or has been provided or made available solely for the convenience of Contractor
and is not part of this Contract. Owner assumes no responsibility whatever in respect to the
sufficiency or accuracy of such information, and there is no guaranty or warranty, either expressed
or implied, that the conditions indicated are representative of those existing throughout the Work
or the Work Site, or that the conditions indicated are representative of those existing at any
particular location, or that the conditions indicated may not change, or that unanticipated
conditions may not be present.
Contractor is solely responsible for locating all existing underground installations by
prospecting no later than two workdays prior to any scheduled excavation or trenching, whichever
CONTRACT
is earlier. Contractor must check all dimensions, elevations, and quantities indicated in this
Contract within the same time period as set forth above for prospecting underground installations.
Contractor must lay out the Work in accordance with this Contract and must establish and maintain
such locations, lines and levels. Wherever pre-existing work is encountered, Contractor must
verify and be responsible for dimensions and location of such pre-existing work. Contractor must
notifu Owner of any discrepancy between the dimensions, elevations and quantities indicated in
this Contract and the conditions of the Work Site or any other etrors, omissions or discrepancies
which Contract may discover during such inspections. Full instructions will be furnished by
Owner should such error, omission, or discrepancy be discovered, and Contractor must carry out
such instructions as if originally specified and without any increase in Contract Price.
Before Final Acceptance of the Work, Contractor must submit to Owner two sets of
Drawings of Record, unless a greater number is specified elsewhere in this Contract, indicating all
field deviations from Attachment B or the drawings identified in Attachment C.
1.6 Technical Abilitv to Perform
Contractor represents and warrants that it is sufficiently experienced and competent, and
has the necessary capital, facilities, plant, organization, and staff, to provide, perform and complete
the Work in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract.
1.7 Financial Abilitv to Perform
Contractor represents and warrants that it is financially solvent, and Contractor has the
financial resources necessary to provide, perform and complete the Work in full compliance with,
and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract.
TiIIle
Contractor represents and warrants that it is ready, willing, able and prepared to begin the
Work on the Commencement Date and that the Contract Time is sufficient time to permit
completion of the Work in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract
for the Contract price, all with due regard to all natural and man-made conditions that may affect
the Work or the Work Site and all difficulties, hindrances, and delays that may be incident to the
Work.
l -q Safetv at the Work Site
Contractor is solely and completely responsible for providing and maintaining safe
conditions at the Work Site, including the safety of all persons and property during performance
of the Work. This requirement applies continuously and is not limited to normal working hours.
Contractor must take all safety pricautions as necessary to comply with all applicable laws and to
prevent injury to persons and damage to property.
Contractor must conduct all of its operations without intemrption or interference with
vehicular and pedestrian traffic on public and private rights-of-way, unless it has obtained permits
1.8
-4¨
CONTRACT
therefor from the proper authorities. If any public or private right-of-way are rendered unsafe by
Contractor's operations, Contractor must make such repairs or provide such temporary ways or
guards as are acceptable to the proper authorities.
1.10 Cleanliness of the Work Site and Environs
Contractor must keep the Work Site and adjacent areas clean at all times during
performance of the Work and must, upon completion of the Work, leave the Work Site and
adjacent areas in a clean and orderly condition.
1.11 Damaee to the Work. the Work Site. and Other Propertv
The Work and everything pertaining thereto is provided, performed, completed, and
maintained at the sole risk and cost of Contractor from the Commencement Date until Final
Payment. Contractor is fully responsible for the protection of all public and private property and
all persons. Without limiting the foregoing, Contractor must, at its own cost and expense, provide
all permanent and temporary shoring, anchoring and bracing required by the nature of the Work
in order to make all parts absolutely stable and rigid, even when such shoring, anchoring and
bracing is not explicitly specified, and support and protect all buildings, bridges, roadways,
conduits, wires, water pipes, gas pipes, sewers, pavements, curbs, sidewalks, fixtures and
landscaping of all kinds and all other public or private property that may be encountered or
endangered in providing, performing and completing the Work. Contractor will have no claim
against Owner because of any damage or loss to the Work or to Contractor's equipment, materials,
or supplies from any cause whatsoever, including damage or loss due to simultaneous work by
others. Contractor must, promptly and without charge to Owner, repair or replace, to the
satisfaction of Owner, any damage done to, and any loss suffered by, the Work and any damage
done to, and any loss suffered by, the Work Site or other property as a result of the Work.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Contract, Contractor's obligations under this Section
exist without regard to, and may not be construed to be waived by, the availability or unavailability
of any insurance, either of Owner or Contractor, to indernnify, hold harmless, or reimburse
Contractor for the cost of any repair or replacement work required by this Section.
l.l2 Subcontractors and Suppliers
A. Approval and Use of Subcontractors and Suppliers. Contractor must perform the
Work with its own personnel and under the management, supervision, and control of its own
organization unless otherwise approved by Owner in writing. All subcontractors, suppliers, and
subcontracts used by Contractor must be acceptable to, and approved in advance by, Owner.
Owner's approval of any subcontractor, supplier, and subcontract does not relieve Contractor of
fulI responsibility and liability for the provision, performance, and completion of the Work in full
compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract. All Work performed under any
subcontract is subject to all of the provisions of this Contract in the same manner as if performed
by employees of Contractor. Every reference in this Contract to "Contractor" is deemed also to
..f"r to ali subcontractors and suppliers of Contractor. Every subcontract must include a provision
binding the subcontractor or supplier to all provisions of this Contract.
CONTRACT
B. Removal of Subcontractors and Suppliers. If any subcontractor or supplier fails to
perform the part of the Work undertaken by it in a manner satisfactory to Owner, Contractor must
immediately upon notice from Owner terminate such subcontractor or supplier. Contractor will
have no claim for damages, for compensation in excess of the Contract Price, or for a delay or
extension of the Contract Time as a result of any such termination.
1.13 Simultaneous Work Bv Others
Owner has the right to perform or have performed such other work as Owner may desire
in, about, or near the Work Site during the performance of the Work by Contractor. Contractor
must make every reasonable effort to perform the Work in such manner as to enable both the Work
and such other work to be completed without hindrance or interference from each other.
Contractor must afford Owner and other contractors reasonable opportunity for the execution of
such other work and must properly coordinate the Work with such other work.
l.l4 Occupancv Prior to Final Pavment
Owner will have the right, at its election, to occupy, use, or place in service any part of the
Work prior to Final Payment. Such occupancy, use, or placement in service must be conducted in
such manner as not to damage any of the Work or to unreasonably interfere with the progress of
the Work. No such occupancy, use, or placement in service may be construed as an acceptance of
any of the Work or a release or satisfaction of Contractor's duty to insure and protect the Work,
nor may it, unless conducted in an unreasonable manner, be considered as an interference with
Contractor's provision, performance, or completion of the Work.
1.15
A. Termination or Suspension for Convenience. Owner has the right, for its
convenience, to terminate or suspend the Work in whole or in part at any time by written notice to
Contractor. Every such notice must state the extent and effective date of such termination or
suspension. On such effective date, Contractor must, as and to the extent directed, stop Work
,rd", this Contract, cease all placement of further orders or subcontracts, terminate or suspend
Work under existing orders and subcontracts, cancel any outstanding orders or subcontracts that
may be cancelled, and take any action necessary to protect any property in its possession in which
Owner has or may acquire any interest and to dispose of such property in such manner as may be
directed by Owner.
B. Payment for Completed Work. In the event of any termination pursuant to
Subsection 1 .15A above, Owner must pay Contractor (1) such direct costs, excluding overhead, as
Contractor has paid or incurred for all Work done in compliance with, and as required by or
pursuant to, thiJContract up to the effective date of termination together with ten percent of such
costs for overhead and profit; and (2) such other costs pertaining to the Work, exclusive of
overhead and profit, as Contractor may have reasonably and necessarily incurred as the result of
such termination. Any such payment may be offset by any prior payment or payments and is
subject to Owner's rights to withhold and deduct as provided in this Contract.
‐6-
CONTRACT
ARTICLE II: CHANGES AND DELAYS
2.1 Chanses
Owner has the right, by written order executed by Owner, to make changes in the Contract,
the Work, the Work Site, and the Contract Time ("Change Order"). If any Change Order causes
an increase or decrease in the amount of the Work, an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price
or Contract Time may be made. A11 claims by Contractor for an equitable adjustment in either the
Contract Price or the Contract Time must be made within two business days following receipt of
such Change Order, and may, if not made prior to such time, be conclusively deemed to have been
waived. No decrease in the amount of the Work caused by any Change Order will entitle
Contractor to make any claim for damages, anticipated profits, or other compensation.
2.2 Delavs
A. Extensions for Unavoidable Delays. For any delay that may result from causes that
could not be avoided or controlled by Contractor, Contractor must, upon timely written
application, be entitled to issuance of a Change Order providing for an extension of the Contract
Time for a period of time equal to the delay resulting from such unavoidable cause. No extension
of the Contract Time will be allowed for any other delay in completion of the Work.
B. No Compensation for Delays. No payment, compensation, damages, or adjustment
of any kind, other than the extension of the Contract Time provided in Subsection 2.2A above,
may be made to, or claimed by, Contractor because of hindrances or delays from any cause in the
cofirmencement, prosecution, or completion of the Work, whether caused by Owner or any other
party and whether avoidable or unavoidable.
ARTICLE III: CONTRACTOR,S RESPONSIBILITY FOR
DEFECTIVE WORK
3.1 Inspection: Testing: Correction of Defects
A. Inspection. Until Final Payment, all parts ofthe Work are subject to inspection and
testing by Owner or its designated representatives. Contractor must furnish, at its own expense,
all reasonable access, assistance, and facilities required by Owner for such inspection and testing.
B. Re-Inspection. Re-inspection and re-testing of any Work may be ordered by Owner
at any time, and, if so ordered, any covered or closed Work must be uncovered or opened by
Contractor. If the Work is found to be in full compliance with this Contract, then Ownermust pay
the cost of uncovering, opening, re-inspecting, or re-testing, as the case may be. If such Work is
not in fulI compliance with this Contract, then Contractor must pay such cost.
C. Correction. Until Final Payment, Contractor must, promptly and without charge,
repair, correct, or replace all or any part of the Work that is defective, damaged, flawed, or
unsuitable or that in any way fails to conform strictly to the requirements of this Contract.
‐7‐
CONTRACT
3.2 Warrantv of Work
A. Scope of Warranty. Contractor warrants that the Work and all of its components
will be free from defects and flaws in design, workmanship, and materials; must strictly conform
to the requirements of this Contract; and will be fit, sufficient, and suitable for the purposes
expressed in, or reasonably inferred from, this Contract. The warranty herein expressed is in
addition to any other warranties expressed in this Contract, or expressed or implied by law, which
are hereby reserved unto Owner.
B. Repairs: Extension of Warranty. Contractor, promptly and without charge, must
correct any failure to fulfill the above warranty that may be discovered or develop at any time
within one year after Final Payment or such longer period as may be prescribed in Attachment B
or Attachment D to this Contract or by law. The above warranty may be extended automatically
to cover all repaired and replacement parts and labor provided or performed under such warranty
and Contractor's obligation to correct Work may be extended for a period of one year from the
date of such repair or replacement. The time period established in this Subsection 3.2B relates
only to the specific obligation of Contractor to correct Work and may not be construed to establish
a period of limitation with respect to other obligations that Contractor has under this Contract.
C. Subcontractor and Supplier Warranties. Whenever Attachment B or Attachment D
requires a subcontractor or supplier to provide a guaranty or warranty, Contractor is solely
responsible for obtaining said guaranty or warranty in form satisfactory to Owner and assigning
said warranty or guaranty to Owner. Acceptance of any assigned warranties or guaranties by
Owner is a precondition to Final Payment and does not relieve Contractor of any of its guaranty
or warranty obligations under this Contract.
3.3 Owner's Right to Correct
If, within two business days after Owner gives Contractor notice of any defect, damage,
flaw, unsuitability, nonconformity, or failure to meet warranty subject to correction by Contractor
pursuant to Section 3.1 or Section 3.2 of this Contract, Contractor neglects to make, or undertake
with due diligence to make, the necessary corrections, then Owner is entitled to make, either with
its own forces or with contract forces, the corrections and to recover from Contractor all resulting
costs, expenses, losses, or damages, including attorneys' fees and administrative expenses.
ARTICLE IV: FINANCIAL ASSURANCES
4.1 Bonds
Contemporaneous with Contractor's execution of this Contract, Contractor must provide a
Performance Bond and a Labor and Material Payment Bond, on forms provided by, or otherwise
acceptable to, Owner, from a surety company licensed to do business in the State of Illinois with
a general rating of A and a financial size category of Class X or better in Best's Insurance Guide,
each in the penal sum of the Contract Price ("Bonds"). Contractor, at all times while providing,
performing, or completing the Work, including, without limitation, at all times while correcting
CONTRACT
any failure to meet warranty pursuant to Section 3.2 of this Contract, must maintain and keep in
force, at Contractor's expense, the Bonds required hereunder.
4.2 Insurance
Contractor hereby agrees and will, at its expense, carry insurance pursuant to the terms,
conditions, and coverages set forth in Attachment A.
4.3 Indemnification
Contractor hereby agrees to and will indemnify and save harmless Owner and all of it
elected officials, officers, employees, attorneys, agents, and representatives against any and all
lawsuits, claims, demands, damages,liabilities,losses, and expenses, including attorneys' fees and
administrative expenses, that may arise, or be alleged to have arisen, out of or in connection with
Contractor's performance of, or failure to perform, the Work or any part thereofl whether or not
due or claimed to be due in whole or in part to the active, passive, or concurrent negligence or fault
of Contractor, except to the extent caused solely by the negligence of Owner.
ARTICLE V: PAYMENT
5.1 Contract Price
Owner must pay to Contractor, in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions
set forth in this Article V and Attachment A, and Contractor must accept in full satisfaction for
providing, performing, and completing the Work, the amount or amounts set forth in Attachment A
(the"Contract Price"), subject to any additions, deductions, or withholdings provided for in this
Contract.
5.2 Taxes and Benefits
Owner is exempt from and will not be responsible to pay, or reimburse Contractor for, any
state or local sales, ,rse, or excise taxes. The Contract Price includes all other applicable federal,
state, and local taxes of every kind and nature applicable to the Work as well as all taxes,
contributions, and premiums for unemployment insurance, old age or retirement benefits,
pensions, annuities, or other similar benefits. All claim or right to claim additional compensation
Ly r"uron of the payment of any such tax, contribution, or premium is hereby waived and released
by Contractor.
5.3 Progress Pavments
A. Payment in Installments. The Contract Price must be paid in monthly installments
in the manner set forth in Attachment A ("Progress Payments").
B. Pay Requests. The Village of Oak Brook authorizes the payment of invoices on
the second and fourth Tuesday of the month. For consideration on one of these dates, payment
request must be received no later than fourteen (14) days prior to the second or fourth Tuesday of
-9‐
CONTRACT
the month. Each Pay Request must include (a) Contractor's certification ofthe value of, and partial
or final waivers of lien covering, all Work for which payment is then requested and
(b) Contractor's certification that all prior Progress Payments have been properly applied to the
payment or reimbursement of the costs with respect to which they were paid.
C. Work Entire. This Contract and the Work are entire and the Work as a whole is of
the essence of this Contract. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Contract, each and every
part of this Contract and of the Work are interdependent and common to one another and to
Owner's obligation to pay all or any part of the Contract Price or any other consideration for the
Work. Any and all Progress Payments made pursuant to this Article are provided merely for the
convenience ofContractor and for no other purpose.
5.4 Final Acceptance and Final Pavment
A. Notice of Completion. When the Work has been completed and is ready in all
respects for acceptance by Owner, Contractor must notiff Owner and request a final inspection
("Notice of Completion"). Contractor's Notice of Completion must be given sufficiently in
advance of the Completion Date to allow for scheduling of the final inspection and for completion
or correction before the Completion Date of any items identified by such inspection as being
defective, damaged, flawed, unsuitable, nonconforming, incomplete, or otherwise not in full
compliance with, or as required by or pursuant to, this Contract ("Punch List Worll').
B. Punch List and Final Acceptance. The Work may be finally accepted when, and
only when, the whole and all parts thereof have been completed to the satisfaction of Owner in full
compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract. Upon receipt of Contractor's
Notice of Completion, Owner must make a review of the Work and notiff Contractor in writing
of all punch List Work, if any, to be completed or corrected. Following Contractor's completion
or correction of all punch List Work, Owner must make another review of the Work and prepare
and deliver to Contractor either a written notice of additional Punch List Work to be completed or
corrected or a written notice of final acceptance of the Work ("Final Acceptance"\.
C. Final Payment. As soon as practicable after Final Acceptance, Contractor must
submit to Owner a properly completed final Pay Request in the form provided by Owner ("Final
pay Requesf"). Ownei must pay to Contractor the balance of the Contract Price, after deducting
therefrom all charges against Contractor as provided for in this Contract ("Final Payment"). Final
payment must be made not later than 60 days after Owner approves the Final Pay Request. The
acceptance by Contractor of Final Payment will operate as a full and complete release of Owner
of and from any and all lawsuits, claims, demands, damages, liabilities, losses, and expenses of,
by, or to Contractor for anything done, furnished for, arising out of, relating to, or in connection
with the Work or for or on account of any act or neglect of Owner arising out of, relating to, or in
connection with the Work.
Liens
A. Title. Nothing in this Contract may be construed as vesting in Contractor any right
of property in any equipment, materials, supplies, and other items provided under this Contract
5.5
-10¨
CONTRACT
after theyhave been installed in, incorporated into, attached to, or affixed to, the Work or the Work
Site. All such equipment, materials, supplies, and other items will, upon being so installed,
incorporated, attached or affixed, become the property of Owner, but such title will not release
Contractor from its duty to insure and protect the Work in accordance with the requirements of
this Contract.
B. Waivers of Lien. Contractor must, from time to time at Owner's request and in any
event prior to Final Payment, furnish to Owner such receipts, releases, affidavits, certificates, and
other evidence as may be necessary to establish, to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner, that no
lien against the Work or the public funds held by Owner exists in favor of any person whatsoever
for or by reason of any equipment, material, supplies, or other item furnished, labor performed, or
other thing done in connection with the Work or this Contract ("Lien") and that no right to file any
Lien exists in favor of any person whatsoever.
C. Removal of Liens. If at any time any notice of any Lien is filed, then Contractor
must, promptly and without charge, discharge, remove, or otherwise dispose of such Lien. Until
such discharge, removal, or disposition, Owner will have the right to retain from any money
payable hereunder an amount that Owner, in its sole judgment, deems necessary to satisff such
Lien and to pay the costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees and administrative expenses, of
any actions brought in connection therewith or by reason thereof.
D. Protection of Owner Only. This Section does not operate to relieve Contractor's
surety or sureties from any of their obligations under the Bonds, nor may it be deemed to vest any
right, interest, or entitlement in any subcontractor or supplier. Owner's retention of funds pursuant
to this Section is deemed solely for the protection of its own interests pending removal of such
Liens by Contractor, and Owner will have no obligation to apply such funds to such removal but
may, nevertheless, do so where Owner's interests would thereby be served.
5.6 Deductions
A. Owner's Rieht to Withhold. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Contract
and without prejudice to any of Owner's other rights or remedies, Owner will have the right at any
time or times, whether before or after approval of any Pay Request, to deduct and withhold from
any Progress or Final Payment that may be or become due under this Contract such amount as may
reasonably appear necessary to compensate Owner for any actual or prospective loss due to:
(1) Work that is defective, damaged, flawed, unsuitable, nonconforming, or incomplete;
(2) damage for which Contractor is liable under this Contract; (3) state or local sales, use, or excise
taxes from which Owner is exempt; (4) Liens or claims of Lien regardless of merifi (5) claims of
subcontractors, suppliers, or other persons regardless of merit; (6) delay in the progress or
completion of the Work; (7) inability of Contractor to complete the Work; (8) failure of Contractor
to properly complete or document any Pay Request; (9) any other failure of Contractor to perform
any of its obligations under this Contract; or (10) the cost to Owner, including attorneys' fees and
administrative costs, of correcting any of the aforesaid matters or exercising any one or more of
Owner's remedies set forth in Section 6.3 of this Contract.
CONTRACT
B. Use of Withheld Funds. Owner is entitled to retain any and all amounts withheld
pursuant to Subsection 5.6,{ above until Contractor has either performed the obligations in
question or furnished security for such performance satisfactory to Owner. Owner is entitled to
apply any money withheld or any other money due Contractor under this Contract to reimburse
itself for any and all costs, expenses, losses, damages, liabilities, suits, judgments, awards,
attorneys' fees and administrative expenses incurred, suffered, or sustained by Owner and
chargeable to Contractor under this Contract.
ARTICLE VI: DISPUTES AND REMEDIES
6.1 Dispute Resolution Procedure
A. Notice of Disputes and Objections. If Contractor disputes or objects to any
requirement, direction, instruction, interpretation, determination, or decision of Owner, Contractor
may notify Owner in writing of its dispute or objection and of the amount of any equitable
adjustment to the Contract Price or Contract Time to which Contractor claims it will be entitled as
a result thereof; provided, however, that Contractor must, nevertheless, proceed without delay to
perform the Work as required, directed, instructed, interpreted, determined, or decided by Owner,
without regard to such dispute or objection. Unless Contractor so notifies Owner within two
business days after receipt of such requirement, direction, instruction, interpretation,
determination, or decision, Contractor is conclusively deemed to have waived all such disputes or
objections and all claims based thereon.
B. Neeotiation of Disputes and Objections. To avoid and settle without litigation any
such dispute or objection, Owner and Contractor agree to engage in good faith negotiations.
Within three business days after Owner's receipt of Contractor's written notice of dispute or
objection, a conference between Owner and Contractor will be held to resolve the dispute. Within
three business days after the end of the conference, Owner must render its final decision, in writing,
to Contractor. If Contractor objects to the final decision of Owner, then it must, within three
business days, give Owner notice thereof and, in such notice, must state its final demand for
settlement of the dispute. Unless Contractor so notifies Owner, Contractor will be conclusively
deemed (l) to have agreed to and accepted Owner's final decision and (2) to have waived all
claims based on such final decision.
6.2 Contractor's Remedies
If Owner fails or refuses to satisfu a final demand made by Contractor pursuant to
Section 6.1 of this Contract, or to otherwise resolve the dispute which is the subject of such demand
to the satisfaction of Contractor, within 10 days after receipt of such demand, then Contractor will
be entitled to pursue such remedies, not inconsistent with the provisions of this Contract, as it may
have in law or equity.
6.3 Owner's Remedies
If it should appear at any time prior to Final Payment that Contractor has failed or refused
to prosecute, or has delayed in the prosecution of, the Work with diligence at a rate that assures
-12‐
CONTRACT
completion of the Work in full compliance with the requirements of this Contract on or before the
Completion Date, or has attempted to assign this Contract or Contractor's rights under this
Contract, either in whole or in part, or has falsely made any representation or warranty in this
Contract, or has otherwise failed, refused, or delayed to perform or satisfy any other requirement
of this Contract or has failed to pay its debts as they come due ("Event of Defaulf'), and has failed
to cure any such Event of Default within five business days after Contractor's receipt of written
notice of such Event of Default, then Owner will have the right, at its election and without
prejudice to any other remedies provided by law or equity, to pursue any one or more of the
following remedies:
l. Owner may require Contractor, within such reasonable time as may be fixed by
Owner, to complete or correct all or any part of the Work that is defective, damaged,
flawed, unsuitable, nonconforming, or incomplete; to remove from the Work Site
any such Work; to accelerate all or any part of the Work; and to take any or all other
action necessary to bring Contractor and the Work into strict compliance with this
Contract.
2. Owner may perform or have performed all Work necessary for the accomplishment
of the results stated in Paragraph 1 above and withhold or recover from Contractor
all the cost and expense, including attorneys' fees and administrative costs, incurred
by Owner in connection therewith'
3. Owner may accept the defective, damaged, flawed, unsuitable, nonconforming,
incomplete, or dilatory Work or part thereof and make an equitable reduction in the
Contract Price.
4. Ownermayterminate this Contract without liability for furtherpayment of amounts
due or to become due under this Contract.
5. Owner may, without terminating this Contract, terminate Contractor's rights under
this Contract and, for the purpose of completing or correcting the Work, evict
Contractor and take possession of all equipment, materials, supplies, tools,
appliances, plans, specifications, schedules, manuals, drawings, and other papers
,iluting to the Work, whether at the Work Site or elsewhere, and either complete or
correct the Work with its own forces or contracted forces, all at Contractor's
expense.
6. Upon any termination of this Contract or of Contractor's rights under this Contract,
and at Owner's option exercised in writing, any or all subcontracts and supplier
contracts of Contractor will be deemed to be assigned to Owner without any further
action being required, but Owner may not thereby assume any obligation for
payments due under such subcontracts and supplier contracts for any Work
provided or performed prior to such assignment.
7. Owner may withhold from any Progress Payment or Final Payment, whether or not
previouslyapproved, or may recover from Contractor, any and all costs, including
-13-
CONTRACT
attorneys' fees and administrative expenses, incurred by Owner as the result of any
Event of Default or as a result of actions taken by Owner in response to any Event
of Default.
8. Owner may recover any damages suffered by Owner.
6.4 Owner's Additional Remedv for Delav
If the Work is not completed by Contractor, in full compliance with, and as required by or
pursuant to, this Contract, within the Contract Time as such time may be extended by Change
Order, then Owner may invoke its rernedies under Section 6.3 of this Contract or may, in the
exercise of its sole and absolute discretion, permit Contractor to complete the Work but charge to
Contractor, and deduct from any Progress or Final Payments, whether or not previously approved,
administrative expenses and costs for each day completion of the Work is delayed beyond the
Completion Date, computed on the basis of the "Per Diem Administrative Charge" set forth in
Attachment A, as well as any additional damages caused by such delay.
6.5 Terminations and Suspensions Deemed for Convenience
Any termination or suspension of Contractor's rights under this Contract for an alleged
default that is ultimately held unjustified will automatically be deemed to be a termination or
suspension for the convenience of Owner under Section I . 1 5 of this Contract.
ARTICLE VII: LEGAL RELATIONSHIPS
AND REQUIREMENTS
7.1 Bindine Effect
This Contract is binding on Owner and Contractor and on their respective heirs, executors,
administrators, personal representatives, and permitted successors and assigns. Every reference in
this Contract to a party is deemed to be a reference to the authorized officers, employees, agents,
and representatives of such PartY.
7.2 Relationship of the Parties
Contractor will act as an independent contractor in providing and performing the Work.
Nothing in, nor done pursuant to, this Contract may be construed (1) to create the relationship of
principal and agent, partners, or joint venturers between Owner and Contractor or (2) except as
provided in Paragraph 6.3(6) above, to create any relationship between Owner and any
subcontractor or supplier of Contractor.
7.3 NoCollusioniProhibitedlnterests
Contractor hereby represents that the only persons, firms, or corporations interested in this
Contract as principals are those disclosed to Owner prior to the execution of this Contract, and that
this Contract is made without collusion with any other person, firm, or corporation. If at any time
-14‐
CONTRACT
it is found that Contractor has, in procuring this Contract, colluded with any other person, firm, or
corporation, then Contractor will be liable to Owner for all loss or damage that Owner may suffer
thereby, and this Contract will, at Owner's option, be null and void.
Contractor hereby represents and warrants that neither Contractor nor any person affiliated
with Contractor or that has an economic interest in Contractor or that has or will have an interest
in the Work or will participate, in any manner whatsoever, in the Work is acting, directly or
indirectly, for or on behalf of any person, goup, entity or nation named by the United States
Treasury Department as a Specially Designated National and Blocked Person, or for or on behalf
of any person, goup, entity or nation designated in Presidential Executive Order 13224 as a person
who commits, threatens to commit, or supports terrorism, and neither Contractor nor any person
affiliated with Contractor or that has an economic interest in Contractor or that has or will have an
interest in the Work or will participate, in any manner whatsoever, in the Work is, directly or
indirectly, engaged in, or facilitating, the Work on behalf of any such person, group, entity or
nation.
7.4 Assignment
Contractor may not (1) assign this Contract in whole or in part, (2) assign any of
Contractor's rights or obligations under this Contract, or (3) assign any payment due or to become
due under this Contract without the prior express written approval of Owner, which approval may
be withheld in the sole and unfettered discretion of Owner; provided, however, that Owner's prior
written approval will not be required for assignments of accounts, as defined in the Illinois
Commercial Code, if to do so would violate Section 9-318 of the Illinois Commercial Code, 810
ILCS 5/9-318. Owner may assign this Contract, in whole or in part, or any or all of its rights or
obligations under this Contract, without the consent of Contractor.
7.5 Confidentiallnformation
All information supplied by Owner to Contractor for or in connection with this Contract or
the Work must be held confidential by Contractor and may not, without the prior express written
consent of Owner, be used for any purpose other than performance of the Work.
7.6 No Waiver
No examination, inspection, investigation, test, measurement, review, determination,
decision, certificate, or approval by Owner, nor any order by Owner for the payment of money,
nor any payment for, or use, occupancy, possession, or acceptance of, the whole or any part of the
Work
-by
Owner, nor any extension of time granted by Owner, nor any delay by Owner in
exercising any right under this Contract, nor any other act or omission of Owner may constitute or
be deemed to be an acceptance of any defective, damaged, flawed, unsuitable, nonconforming or
incomplete Work, equipment, materials, or supplies, nor operate to waive or otherwise diminish
the effict of any warranty or representation made by Contractor; or of any requirement or provision
of this Contract; or of any remedy, power, or right of Owner.
CONTRACT
7.7 No Third ParW Beneficiaries
No claim as a third party beneficiary under this Contract by any person, firm, or corporation
other than Contractor may be made or be valid against Owner.
7.8 Notices
All notices required or permitted to be given under this Contract must be in writing and are
deemed received by the addressee thereof when delivered in person on a business day at the address
set forth below or on the third business day after being deposited in any main or branch United
States post office, for delivery at the address set forth below by properly addressed, postage
prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.
Notices and communications to Owner must be addressed to, and delivered at, the
following address:
Village of Oak Brook
1200 Oak Brook Road
Oak Brook, Illinois 60523
Attention: Doug Patchin, Public Works Director
Notices and communications to Contractor must be addressed to, and delivered at, the
following address:
The foregoing may not be deemed to preclude the use of other non-oral means of
notification or to invalidate any notice properly given by any such other non-oral means.
By notice complying with the requirements of this Section, Owner and Contractor each
have the right to change the address or addressee or both for all future notices to it, but no notice
ofa change ofaddress is effective until actually received.
7.9 Governins Laws
This Contract and the rights of Owner and Contractor under this Contract will be
interpreted according to the internal laws, but not the conflict of laws rules, of the State of Illinois;
,r"rri for any action related to this Contract will be in the Circuit Court of DuPage County, Illinois.
7.10 Chanses in Laws
Unless otherwise explicitly provided in this Contract, any reference to laws includes such
laws as they may be amended or modified from time to time.
-16-
CONTRACT
7.ll Compliance with Laws
A. Compliance Required. Contractor must give all notices, pay all fees, and take all
other action that may be necessary to ensure that the Work is provided, performed, and completed
in accordance with all required governmental permits, licenses or other approvals and
authorizations that may be required in connection with providing, performing, and completing the
Work, and with all applicable statutes, ordinances, rules, and regulations, including without
limitation the Illinois Prevailing Wage Act, 820 ILCS 130/0.01 et seq. (see Subsection C of this
Section) (a copy of the prevailing rate of wages ascertained by the Illinois Department of Labor,
in effect as of the date of this Contract, has been attached as an Appendix to this Contract; if the
Illinois Department of Labor revises the prevailing rate of hourly wages to be paid, the revised rate
applies to this Contract); any other applicable prevailing wage laws; the Fair Labor Standards Act;
any statutes regarding qualification to do business; any statutes requiring preference to laborers of
specified classes; the Illinois Steel Products Procurement Act, 30 ILCS 56511 et seq.; any statutes
prohibiting discrimination because of, or requiring affirmative action based on, race, creed, color,
national origin, age, sex, or other prohibited classification, including, without limitation, the
Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990,42 U.S.C. $$ 12101 et seq., the Illinois Human Rights
Act,775ILCS 5/l-101 et seq., and the Public Works Discrimination Act, 775 ILCS 10/0.01 et
seq.; and any statutes regarding safety or the performance of the Work, including the Illinois
Underground Utility Facilities Damage Prevention Act, 220 ILCS 50/1 et seq., and the
Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970,29 U.S.C. $$ 651 et seq.
B. Liabilit), for Fines. Penalties. Contractor is solely liable for any fines or civil
penalties that are imposed by any govemmental or quasi-govemmental agency or body that may
arise, or be alleged to have arisen, out of or in connection with Contractor's, or its subcontractors'
or suppliers', performance of, or failure to perform, the Work or any part thereof.
C. Prevailing Wage Act. Contractor and each subcontractor, in order to comply with
the Prevailing Wage Act, 820 ILCS 130/0.01 et seq. (the "Act"), must submit to the Village a
certified payroll on a monthly basis, in accordance with Section 5 of the Act. The certified payroll
must consist of a complete copy of those records required to be made and kept by the Act. The
certified payroll must be accompanied by a statement signed by the contractor or subcontractor
that certifies that (1) such records are true and accurate, (2) the hourly rate paid is not less than the
general prevailing rate of hourly wages required by the Act, and (3) the contractor or subcontractor
ir a**" that filing a certified payroll that he or she knows to be false is a Class B misdemeanor.
Contractor may rely on the certification of a subcontractor, provided that Contractor does not
knowingly rely on a subcontractor's false certification. On two business days' notice, Contractor
and each subcontractor must make available for inspection the records required to be made and
kept by the Act (i) to the Village and its officers and agents and to the Director of the Illinois
Department of Labor and his or her deputies and agents and (ii) at all reasonable hours at a location
within the State.
D. Required Provisions Deemed Inserted. Every provision of law required by law to
be inserted into this Contract is deemed to be inserted herein.
-t7-
CONTRACT
7.12 Compliance with Patents
A. Assumption of Costs. Royalties. and Fees. Contractor will pay or cause to be paid
all costs, royalties, and fees arising from the use on, or the incorporation into, the Work, ofpatented
equipment, materials, supplies, tools, appliances, devices, processes, or inventions.
B. Effect of Contractor Beine Enjoined. Should Contractor be enjoined from
furnishing or using any equipment, materials, supplies, tools, appliances, devices, processes, or
inventions supplied or required to be supplied or used under this Contract, Contractor must
promptly offer substitute equipment, materials, supplies, tools, appliances, devices, processes, or
inventions in lieu thereof, of equal efficiency, quality, suitability, and market value, for review by
Owner. If Owner should disapprove the offered substitutes and should elect, in lieu of a
substitution, to have supplied, and to retain and use, any such equipment, materials, supplies, tools,
appliances, devices, processes, or inventions as may by this Contract be required to be supplied,
Contractor must pay such royalties and secure such valid licenses as may be requisite and
necessary for Owner to use such equipment, materials, supplies, tools, appliances, devices,
processes, or inventions without being disturbed or in any way interfered with by any proceeding
in law or equity on account thereof. Should Contractor neglect or refuse to make any approved
substitution promptly, or to pay such royalties and secure such licenses as may be necessary, then
Owner will have the right to make such substitution, or Owner may pay such royalties and secure
such licenses and charge the cost thereof against any money due Contractor from Owner or recover
the amount thereof from Contractor and its surety or sureties notwithstanding that Final Payment
may have been made.
7.13 Time
The Contract Time is of the essence of this Contract. Except where otherwise stated,
references in this Contract to days is construed to refer to calendar days.
7.14 Severabilitv
The provisions of this Contract will be interpreted when possible to sustain their legality
and enforceability as a whole. In the event any provision of this Contract is held invalid, illegal,
or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, in whole or in part, neither the validity of
the remaining part of such provision, nor the validity of any other provisions of this Contract will
be in any way affected thereby.
7.15 Entire Asreement
This Contract sets forth the entire agreement of Owner and Contractor with respect to the
accomplishment of the Work and the payment of the Contract Price therefor, and there are no other
understandings or agreements, oral or written, between Owner and Contractor with respect to the
Work and the compensation therefor.
-18-
CONTRACT
7.16 Amendments
No modiflcation,addition,deletion,revlsion,alteration or other change to this Contract is
effective unless and until such change is reduced to w五 ting and executed and delivered by Owner
and Contractor.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
-19-
CONTRACT
IN WITNESS WHEREOF,Owner and Contractor have caused this Contractto be executed
by their pЮ perly autho五 zed representatives in補 ′o oHginal counterpartS as Ofthe Ettctive Date.
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
CONTRACTOR
By:
Nalne:
Title:
Attest:
By:
Name:
Title:
‐20-
CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION
STATE OF ILLINOIS )
COIINTY OF
)SS
)
CONTRACTOR' S CERTIFICATION
?{;"::tr:!:i""#;:!;*i'1,?
of Contractor, that this deponent is authorizedto make them, and that the statements contained
herein are true and correct.
Contractor deposes, states, and certifies that Contractor is not barred from contracting
with a unit of state or local government as a result of (i) a violation of either Section 33E-3 or
Section 338-4 of Article 33E of the Criminal Code of 196I,720ILCS 5/33E-1 et Seq.; or (ii) a
violation of the USA Patriot Act of 2001, 107 Public Law 56 (October 26,2001) (the"Patriot
Act") or other statutes, orders, rules, and regulations of the United States government and its
various executive departments, agencies and offices related to the subject matter of the Patriot
Act, including, but not limited to, Executive Order 13224 effective September 24,2001.
DATED:20-.
CONTRACTOR
By:
Name:
Title:
Attest:
By:
Name:
Title:
Subscribed and Sworn to before me on 20-.
My Commission expires:
Notary Public
(sEAL)
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
FIRE STATION 93 SⅡOWER R00MS PIPING AND VALVE
REPLACEMENT PROЛ CT
ATTACHMENT A
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF CONTRACT TERMS
[Check applicable boxes and insert required information,J
1. Proiect:
Fire Station 93 Shower Rooms Piping and Valve Replacement Project. The projects
consists of the replacement of the galvanized piping for the showers at Fire Station 93
as indicated in the drawings and described herein. The existing shower pans and the
repair of the tile walls and floors will also be included as this piping is replaced.
2. Work Site:
Fire Station 93,725 Enterprise Drive, Oak Brook, Illinois 60523.
3. Permits. Licenses. Approvals. and Authorizations:
Contractor must obtain all required governmental permits, licenses, approvals, and
authorizations.
4. Commencement Date:
Commencement Date shall be mutually agreed upon by Owner and Contractor. Owner
anticipates work to begin October 10, 2018.
5. Completion Date:
Substantial Completion by December 19, 2018. The Completion Date will be subject
to equitable adjustment if the Commencement Date is delayed pursuant to Subsection
2.2A of the Contract.
6. Insurance Coverage:
Certificates of Insurance shall be presmted to Owner within fifteen (15) days after the
receipt by the Contractor of the Notice of Award and the unexecuted contract, it being
understood and agreed that the Owner will not approve and execute the Contract until
acceptable insurance certificates are received and approved by Owner.
ATTACHMENT A
Each contractorperforming anywork pursuant to a contract with Owner and each permittee
working under a permit as required pursuant to the provisions of Title I of Chapter 8 of the
Code of Ordinances of the Village of Oak Brook (hereinafter referred to as "Insured") shall
be required to carry such insurance as specified herein. Such contractor and permittee shall
procure and maintain for the duration of the contract or permit insurance against claims for
injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from or in connection with the
performance of the work under the contract or permit, either by the contractor, permittee, or
their agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors.
A contractor or permittee shall maintain insurance with limits no less than:
A. General Liability - $2,000,000 combined single limit per occumence for bodily injury,
personal injury and property damage, provided that when the estimated cost of the
work in question does not exceed $25,000, the required limit shall be $1,000,000;
B. Automobile Liability (if applicable) - $1,000,000 combined single limit per accident
for bodily injury and property damage;
C. Worker's Compensation and Employer's Liability - Worker's Compensation limits as
required by the Labor Code of the State of Illinois and Employer's Liability limits of
$ 1,000,000 per accident.
Any deductibles or self-insured retention must be declared to and approved by Owner. At
the option of Owner, either the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductible or self-
insured retention as respect to Owner, its officers, officials, onployees and volunteers; or
the Insured shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigations,
claim administration and defense expenses to the extent of such deductible or self-insured
retention.
The policies shall contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions:
D. General Liability and Automobile Liability Coverage -
(1) The Owner, its officers, officials, onployees and volunteers are to be covered
as@asrespects:liabilityarisingoutofactivitiesperformed
by or on behalf of the Insured; premises owned, occupied or used by the
lnsured. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of
protection afforded to the Owner, its officers, officials, onployees, volunteers,
or agents.
(2) The Insured's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respect to the
Owner, its officers, ofEcials, employees, volunteers and agents. Anyinsurance
or self-insurance maintained by the Owner, its officers, officials, employees,
volunteers or agents shall be in excess of the lnsured's insurance and shall not
contribute with it.
-2…
ATTACHMENT A
(3) Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not aflect
coverage provided to the Owner, its officers, officials, employees, volunteers
or agents.
(4) The lnsured's insurance shall apply separately to each covered party against
whom claim is made or suit is brought except with respect to the limits of the
insurer's liability.
E. Worker's Compensation and Employer's Liability Coverage
The policy shall waive all rights of subrogation against the Owner, its officers,
officials, anployees, volunteers and agents for losses arising from work
performed by the insured for the Owner.
Each insurance policy shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be suspended,
voided, canceled by either party, reduced in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30)
days prior written notice by certified mail has been given to Owner. Each insurance policy
shall name the Owner, its officers, officials and employees, volunteers and agents as
Additional Insureds. lnsurance is to be placed with insurers with a Best's rating of no less
than A: VII.
Each lnsured shall furnish the Owner with certificates of insurance and with original
endorsements effecting coverage required by this provision. The certificate and
endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that
insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The certificates and endorsements are to be on forms
approved by the Owner and shall be subject to approval by the Village Attomey before
work commences. The Owner reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of
all required insurance policies, at any time.
Each insured shall include all subcontractors as insureds under its policies or shall furnish
separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. All coverages for
subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein.
trD Builders Risk Insurance. This insurance must be written in completed value
form, must protect Contractor and Owner against "all risks" of direct physical
loss to buildings, structures, equipment, and materials to be used in providing,
performing, and completing the Work, including without limitation fire
extended coverage, vandalism and malicious mischief, sprinkler leakage, flood,
earth movement and collapse, and must be designed for the circumstances that
may affect the Work.
This insurance must be written with limits not less than the insurable value of
the Work at completion. The insurable value must include the aggregate value
of Owner-furnished equipment and materials to be constructed or installed by
Contractor.
-3-
trE
XH.
ATTACⅡMENT A
This insurance must include coverage while equipment or materials are in
warehouses, during installation, during testing, and after the Work is completed,
but prior to Final Payment. This insurance must include coverage while Owner
is occupying all or any partof the Work prior to Final Payment without the need
for the insurance company's consent.
Owner's and Contractor's Protective Liability Insurance. Contractor, at its sole
cost and expense, must purchase this lnsurance in the name of Owner with a
combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage of not less than
$1,000,000.
F. Umbrella Policy. The required coverage may be in the form of an umbrella
policy above $2,000,000 primary coverage. All umbrella policies must provide
excess coverage over underlying insurance on a following-form basis so that,
when any loss covered by the primary policy exceeds the limits under the
primary policy, the excess or umbrella policy becomes effective to cover that
loss.
G.Deductible.
more than $
Each policy must have a deductible or self-insured retention of notX
Owner as Additional Insured. Owner must be named as an Additional Insured
on the following policies:
General Liability
The Additional Insured endorsement must identiff Owner as follows:
The Village of Oak Brook and its boards, commissions, committees, authorities,
employees, agencies, officers, voluntary associations, and other units operating
under the jurisdiction and within the appointment of its budget.
Other Parties as Additional Insureds. In addition to Owner, the following parties
must be named as additional insured on the following policies:
Additional Insured
Kluber Architects & Eneineers
-4-
Policy or Policies
7.
ATTACⅡMENT A
Contract Price:
SCHEDULE OF PRICES
A. LUMP SUM CONTRACT
Provide and install all materials needed for the Fire Station 93 Shower Rooms
Piping and Valve Replacement Project. For providing, performing, and
completing Work, the total Contract Price of :
In words
Progress Payments:
A. General. Owner must pay to Contractor 90 percent of the Value of Work,
determined in the manner set forth below, installed and complete in place up to
the day before the Pay Request, less the aggregate of all previous Progress
Payments. The total amount of Progress Payments made prior to Final
Acceptance by Owner may not exceed 90 percent of the Contract Price.
B. Value of Work. The Value of the Work will be determined as follows:
(1) Lump Sum ltems. For all Work to be paid on a lump sum basis,
Contractor must, not later than l0 days after execution of the Contract
and before submitting its first Pay Request, submit to Owner a schedule
showing the value of each component part of such Work in form and
with substantiating data acceptable to Owner ("Breakdown Schedule").
The sum of the items listed in the Breakdown Schedule must equal the
amount or amounts set forth in the Schedule of Prices for Lump Sum
work. An unbalanced Breakdown Schedule providing for overpayment
of Contractor on component parts of the Work to be performed first will
not be accepted. The Breakdown Schedule must be revised and
resubmitted until acceptable to Owner. No payment may be made for
any lump sum item until Contractor has submitted, and Owner has
approved, an acceptable Breakdown Schedule.
Owner may require that the approved Breakdown Schedule be revised
based on developments occurring during the provision and performance
of the Work. If Contractor fails to submit a revised Breakdown Schedule
that is acceptable to Owner, Owner will have the right either to suspend
Progress and Final Payments for Lump Sum work or to make such
PaSrments based on Owner's determination of the value of the Work
completed.
8.
-5¨
9。
10.
ATTACHMENT A
(2) Unit Price Items. For all Work to be paid on a unit price basis, the value
of such Work will be determined by Owner on the basis of the actual
number of acceptable units of Unit Price Items installed and complete in
place, multiplied by the applicable Unit Price set forth in the Schedule
of Prices. The actual number of acceptable units installed and complete
in place will be measured on the basis described in Attachment B to the
Contract or, in the absence of such description, on the basis determined
by Owner. The number of units of Unit Price Items stated in the
Schedule of Prices are Owner's estimate only and may not be used in
establishing the Progress or Final Payments due Contractor. The
Contract Price will be adjusted to reflect the actual number of acceptable
units of Unit Price Items installed and complete in place upon Final
Acceptance.
C. Application of Payments. All Progress and Final Payments made by Owner to
Contractor will be applied to the payment or reimbursement of the costs with
respect to which they were paid and will not be applied to or used for any pre-
existing or unrelated debt between Contractor and Owner or between Contractor
and any third party.
Per Diem Administrative Charee:
$500 per day.
Standard Specifications:
The Contract also includes Owner's Village Code and Building Codes.
References to any of these codes means the latest editions effective on the date of the
bid opening.
See Attachment D for any special project requirements.
-6-
ATTACⅡMENT B
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
FIRE STATION 93 SHOWER R00MS PIPING AND VALVE
REPLACEMENT PROECT
ATTACHMENT B
SPECIFICATIONS
SECT!ON 00 01 01
PROJECT TITLE PAGE
PRO」ECT MANUAL
FOR
FiRE STAT10N 93 SHOWER R00MS P!PiNG AND VALVE REPLACEMENT
V:LLAGE OF OAK BR00K
OAK BR00K,lLLiNO:S60523
OWNER
ViLLAGE OF OAK BR00K
1200 0AK BR00K ROAD
OAK BR00K,:LLiNOiS 60523
ARCH:TECT′ENG!NEER
KLUBER ARCHITECTS+ENG!NEERS
10S.SHUMWAY AVE.
BATAViA,ILLiNOIS 60510
PRO」ECT N0 48‐172‐1197 000101‐1Copyttght 2016 by KLUBER,INC:A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 00 01 01
PRO」ECT TITLE PAGE
SECTiON 00 01 07
SEALS PAGE
l.01 DESIGN PROFESS:ONALSi SEALS
A ARCHITECT B MECHANICAL ENGINEER C. ELECTRICAL ENGINEER
END OF DOCUMENT
PRO」ECT N0 18-172‐1197 000107‐1CopyHght 2016 by KLUBER,INC IA∥R ghts Resel、ed
SECT10N 00 01 07
SEALS PAGE
SECT10N 00 01 10
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACT:NG REQU:REMENTS
!ntЮ ductory informa“on
00 01 01 Prolect■ue Page
00 01 07 Seals Page
00 01 10 Table of Contents
00 01 15 Drawing lndex
00 31 13 Pre∥minary Schedule
SPEC:F:CAT!ONS
Division 01・ ‐Cenerai Requirements
01 10 00 Summary
01 30 00 Admmも trauve Req面 rements(l page atachment)
01 41 00 Regulatory Requirements
01 42 00 References
01 50 00 Temporary Fac∥lies and Controls
01 60 00 Product Requirements(l page attachment)
01 70 00 Execulon and Closeout Requirements
01 78 00 Closeout Submillals
01 79 00 Demonstration and Training
Division 02・ ‐Existing Conditions
02 41 00 DemolniOn
Division 07・ ・Thermal and Moisture Protection
07 84 00 F restopping
079005 」oint Sealers
Division 08・ ・Open:ngs
08 31 00 Access Doo「s and Panels
Division 09‐・Finishes
09 05 61 Common Wo「k ResuLs for Floo百 ng Preparation
09 21 16 Gypsum Board Assemb∥es
093000 T∥ing
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 000110‐1Copylght 2016 by KLUBER,INC IA∥RIghts ReseⅣed
PAGES
000101‐1‐1000107‐1‐10001 10‐1‐20001 15‐1‐1003113‐1‐1PAGES
011000‐1‐2013000‐1-5
014100‐1‐2014200‐1‐5015000-1‐2016000‐1‐4017000‐1‐6017800-1-4
017900‐1‐3024100‐1‐2078400-1-4
079005-1‐4083100-1-2
090561‐1‐50921 16‐1-4
093000‐1‐6SECT10N 00 01 10
TABLE OF CONTENTS
09 90 00 PainJng and Coa∥ng
Division 10‐・ Specia:ties
10 28 00 To∥et Bath,and Laundry AccessoHes
Division 21・ ・ Fire Suppression
21 05 00 COmmOn Work Resuns fOr Fire Suppresslon
21 13 00 Fire‐Suppression Sp面 n∥ers
Division 22・ ・Piumbing
22 05 53 1dentinca10n fOr Plumbing Piping and Equipment
22 07 19 Plumbing Piping lnsulaJon
22 10 05 Plumbing Piping
22 10 06 Plumb n9 Piping Speclanies
22 40 00 Plumbing Fixlures
D市 ision 23‐‐Heating,Vent∥aling,and Air・ Condilioning(HVAC)
233700 A'Oulets and lnlets
Division 26・ ‐Eiectrica!
26 05 00 Basic EiectHcal Requirements
26 51 00 Lighting
END OF SECT10N
099000‐1‐6102800‐1‐3210500‐1‐221 1300‐1‐2220553-1‐2220719‐1‐4221005‐1‐6221006‐1‐2224000‐1‐2233700-1-2
260500‐1‐9265100‐1‐9SECT10N 00 01 10
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1197 000110-2
Copy由 ght2016 by KLUBER,INC=A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 00 01 15
DRAWING iNDEX
GENERAL
G100 COVER SHEET,GENERAL NOTES,SYMBOLS&DRAWING INDEX
ARCHITECTURAL
A310 FL00R PLANS AND REFLECTED CEILiNG PLANS
END OF DOCUMENT
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 000115‐1copyngh1 2016 by KLUBER,INCI A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 00 01 15
DRAVVING INDEX
SECT:ON 00 31 13
PRELIMINARY SCHEDULE
l.01 GENERAL
A,丁 he following represents the pre∥minary construclon schedule forthe Work,丁 hls schedule is the
current eslmate ofthe Ownerto be used for purposes of bidding,A∥bidders sha∥include the
costs of a∥ovenirne,dOuble‐shi貴 ,or so‐ca∥ed"prenllum"time that rnay be necessary to rneetthis
milestone.
1,02 PRELiMINARY SCHEDULE
A.Award of Contract:Anlcipated October 9,2018
B,Commencement of Construclon:October 10,2018
C.Substanlal Complelon:December19,2018
END OF SECT:ON
PRO」ECT NO.18‐172‐1197 003113‐1cOpynght 2016 by KLUBER,INC.:A∥Rlghts Reserved
SECT10N 00 31 13
PRELIMINARY SCHEDULE
SECT:ON 01 10 00
SUMMARY
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 PRO」ECT
A Prolect Namel F!RE STAT10N 93 SHOWER R00MS PIP:NG AND VALVE REPLACEMENT
B Owners Name:V∥lage of Oak Brook
C Archlecυ Engineers Name:Kluber Archtects+Engineers
D The Prolect condsts ofthe re口 aCement of ofthe gJvanレ ed pゎ hg and vJves forthe showers at
Fire Station 93 The exisung shOwer pans and the repalr ofthe t∥e wa∥ s and loors wi∥also be
included as thb piping is replaced.
1,02 CONTRACT DESCR:PTiON
A Contracl Type:A singie p百 me contract based on Lump sum Contracl as descHbedin the Vi∥age
of Oak Brook Contractfor Fre Sta10n 93 Shower Rooms Piping and Valve ReplaCement Bid
Package Document
l.03 DESCRIPT10N OF ALTERAT:ONS WORK
A Scope of alleralons workも shown on drawings.
1.04 0WNER OCCUPANCY
A,Ownerinlends to coninue to occupy adiacent pollons ofthe exも ing bu∥ding du"ng the enlre
construction period
B Cooperate面 th Ownerlo minimize conlict and to facmtate Owners operalons
C.Schedule the Work to accommodate Owner occupancy
l.05 CONTRACTOR USE OF S:TE AND PREM:SES
A Arange use ofsle and premises to allowi
l.Owner occupancy
2. Use of site and premises by the public.
B Provide access lo and from ste as required bylaw and by Owner
l. Emergency Bu∥dlng Exits Du"ng construction:Keep a∥exits required by code open du∥ng
construction pe「lod;provide temporary exit signs if exit「outes are temporanly altered
2 Do not obstruct roadways,sidewalks,or other public ways wnhOut perml.
C Existng bu∥ding spaces may not be used for storage.
D.U籠 ∥ty Outages and Shuldown:
l Do notdbruplorshutdown∥fe safely syslems,including but not∥miled to lre sp∥n∥ers and
lre alarm system,面 thout 7 days nolce to Owner and authottties haung iuHsdiCJOn
2 Liml shutdown ofuJ∥ty services lo 2 hours at a lme,arranged atleas1 24 hours in advance
wlh Owner
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 011000‐1Copyrght 2016 by KLUBER,INCI A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 01 10 00
SUMMARY
3, Prevent accldental disruption of utility servlces to other facillties.
END OF SECT:ON
PRO」ECT NO.18‐172‐1197 011000‐2cOpynght2016 by KLUBER,INC.:A∥Rlghts ReseⅣed
SECT10N 01 10 00
SUMMARY
SECT10N 01 30 00
ADMIN:STRATIVE REQU:REMENTS
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SECT10NINCLUDES
A Preconstruction meelng
B.Stte mob∥zalon meelng
C.Progress meeungs.
D Construction progress schedule
E Submntals forreview,informauon,and prolecl C10Seout
F.ArchlecllEngineer‐provided CAD lles
G.Number of copies of submitals
H.Submital procedures.
1.02 RELATED REQUiREMENTS
A.Section 01 70 00‐Execulon and Closeout Requirements:Addtional coordinalon requirements
B Seclion 01 78 00‐Cioseout Submitals:Prolect record documents.
PART 2 PRODuCTS・ NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUT10N
3.01 PRECONSTRUCT10N MEET:NG
A.ArchnecllEngineer w∥Ischedule a meeung ater Nouce ofAward.
B.Atendance Required:
1 0wner
2 Archilecυ Engineer
3 Contractor
4 Contraclors ofmalortrades asinvited to atend meelng.
C Agendal
l Archnect wi∥prepare and provide agenda forthis meelng only
D Archnecl wi∥provide minules and distttbute copies lo a∥pan cipants and those arected by
decisions made forthis meeting only
3.02 PROGRESS MEETINeS
A Schedule and administer meeJngs throughout progress ofthe Work at maximum monthly
intervals
B Make arrangements for meetings,prepare agenda with coples for panicipants,preside at
meeJngs.
PROJECT N0 18‐1721197 013000‐1Copyttght 2016 by KLUBER,INCI A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 01 30 00
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
C. Attendance Required:
1. Conhactor.
2. Owner.
3. ArchitecUEngineer.
4. Contracto/s Superintendent.
D. Agenda:
1. Review minutes of previous meetings.
2. Review of Work progress.
3. Field observations, problems, and decisions.
4. ldentification of problems that impede, or will impede, planned progress.
5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals.
6. Maintenance of progress schedule.
7. Conective measures to regain projected schedules.
8. Planned progress during succeeding work period.
9. Coordination of projected progress.
10. Maintenance of quality and work standards.
'1'l.Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination.
12.Other business relating to Work.
E. Contractor shall record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants,
with copies to ArchitecUEngineer, Owner, pa(icipants, and those affected by decisions made
3.03 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
A. Within 7 days after date of the Agreement, submit preliminary schedule .
B. lf preliminary schedule requires revision after review, submit revised schedule within 7 days.
C. Submit updated schedule with each Application for Payment.
3.04 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW
A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review:
1. Product data.
2. Shop drawings.
3. Samples for selection.
4. Samples for verification.
B. Submit to ArchitecUEngineer for review for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with
information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents.
C. Samples will be reviewed only for aesthetic, color, or finish selection.
D. After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ailcle
below and for record documents purposes described in Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals.
3.05 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION
A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submitthem for information:
1. Design data.
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1197 013000‐2Copyttght 2016 by KLUBER INC I A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 01 30 00
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
2. Certificates.
3. Test reports.
4. lnspection reports.
5. Manufacturer's instructions.
6. Manufacturer's field reports.
7. Other types indicated.
B. Submit for ArchitecVEngineer's knowledge as contract administrator or for Owner. No action will
be taken.
3.06 SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT
A. Submit Conection Punch List for Substantial Completion.
B. Submit Final Correction Punch List for Substantial Completion.
C, When the following are specifled in individual sections, submit them at project closeout:
1. Project record documents.
2. Operation and maintenance data.
3. Wananties.
4. Bonds.
5. Other types as indicated.
D. Submit for Owne/s benelit during and after project completion.
3.07 ARCHITECT/ENGINEER.PROVIDED CAD FILES
A. After the execution of the Contract, ArchitecUEngineer will provide, free of charge, upon receipt of
a properly completed and signed request utilizing 'Electronic Data Transfer Consent Form' at the
end of this Specification Section, CAD files depicting graphic information for the project as follows:
1, Architectural Floor Plans: Column grid, walls, floors, stairs, doors, windows, room numbers,
ceiling grid, mechanical diffusers, plumbing fixtures, sprinkler heads (if depicted in Bid
Documents) and lights.
B. Contractor acknowledges and accepts that the Architectural Floor Plans do not contain structural,
mechanical, electrical, plumbing, fire protection and other building systems information depicted in
the Bidding Documents. Examples of information not contained in these files include, but are not
limited to, title blocks, keynotes, schedules, mechanical ductwork and equipment, electrical device
symbols, circuit numbers and home runs, plumbing equipment, piping runs and riser diagrams,
and architectural/engineering text or details. No other CAD files, data or information will be
provided.
C. Only requests from Prime Contractors will be honored. Subconhactors must obtain the files from
their respective Prime Contractors.
D. ln submitting a request, Contractor acknowledges that:
1 . ArchitecUEngineer bears no responsibility for the data or its transmission,
2. Use of the data by the Contractor or his subcontractors in no way relieves the Contractor of his
obligations under the Contract,
3. Contractor is solely liable for any and all claims arising from any and all products generated by
the Contractor or its Subcontractors employing the data,
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 013000‐3oOpynght 2016 by KLUBER,INCI A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 01 30 00
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
4. Contractor and its Subcontractors have a limited, non-exclusive license to use the data solely in
connection with the Work of the Project, and that
5. Architect/Engineer retains all rights, including copyright, to the data,
3.08 NUMBEROF COPIESOFSUBMITTALS
A. Documents for Review:
1. Small Size Sheets: Not Larger Than '1 1 x 17 inches, Submit two (2) paper copies, one of
which will be retained by ArchitecUEngineer. Contractor shall make his own copies from the
original retumed by the Architect.
a. Contracto/s Option: ln lieu of paper copies indicated above, submit in Adobe PDF
electronic file format via email. Architect will retum a reviewed copy in Adobe PDF electronic
file format via email. Create PDFs at native size and rightside up; illegible files will be
rejected.
2, Large Size Sheets: Larger Than 11 x17 inches; 36x48 inches maximum. Submit two (2)
paper copies, one of which will be retained by ArchitecVEngineer. Electronic file format (PDF or
other) is NOT acceptable. Contractor shall make his own copies from the original retumed by
the Architect.
B. Documents for lnformation: Submit one copy.
C. Samples: Submit the number specified in individual specification sections; one of which will be
retained by ArchitecUEngineer.
1. After review, produce duplicates.
2. Retained samples will not be returned to Contractor unless specifically so stated.
3.09 SUBI'ITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Shop Drawing Procedures:
1. Prepare accurate, drawn-to-scale, original shop drawing documentation by intepreting the
Contract Documents and coordinating related Work.
2. Generic, non-project speciflc information submitted as shop drawings do not meet the
requirements for shop drawings.
B. Transmit each submittal with a copy of approved submittal form.
C. Transmit each submittal with AIA Form G810.
D. Sequentially number the transmittal form. Revise submittals with original number and a sequential
alphabetic suffix.
E. ldentify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawlng and detail number, and
specification section number, as appropriate on each copy.
F. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of
Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is
in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents.
G. Deliver submittals to Architect/Engineer at business address.
H. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and coordinate submission of related items.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 013000‐4Copy19ht 2016 by KLUBER,INCI A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 01 30 00
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
l. For each submittalfor review, allow 20 days excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor.
J. Clearly identify variations from the Contract Documents. Regardless of the type of variation,
Contractor is solely responsible for errors in the field that arise from submittal variations from the
requirements of the Contract Documents if those variations were not expressly noted to specifically
identify for and describe to the reviewer the nature of the variation from the Contract Documents.
K. ldentify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations that may be
detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work.
L. Correlate submitted items with specified products; clearly indicate the specified product that
corresponds to each submitted item.
M. When options or optional features available for a Product are indicated in a submittal, and
selections for those options/features are indicated in the Contract Documents, identify on the
submittalthe selection indicated in the Contract Documents.
N, Provide space for Contractor and Architect/Engineer review stamps.
0. When revised for resubmission, using clouds, highlights or other means acceptable to the
Architect, identify all changes made since previous submission. Resubmittals that do not clearly
identify all changes may be delayed and/or returned to the Contractor unreviewed.
P. The Contractor is entitled to one (1) resubmittal of any Shop Drawing, Product Data, or Closeout
Submittal item rejected by the Architect or retumed by the Architect for further action. Thereafter,
the Contractor shall pay the cost of all further Architect's reviews of Shop Drawing, Product Data or
Closeout Submittal, at a rate of $200.00/hour. Cost of such further reviews will be deducted from
the Contract Sum by Change Order.
Q. Distribute reviewed submittals as appropriate. lnstruct parties to promptly report any inability to
comply with requirements.
R. Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed.
S, Submittal reviews may be delayed and/or submittals may be returned unreviewed for any of the
following reasons:
1. Submittals submitted outside the scheduled dates of the Submittal Schedule,
2. Submittals are incomplete or are missing information.
3. Submittals are not submitted in accordance with procedures outlined in this Section (i.e. spec
Section number not indicated, missing Contracto/s review stamp, submitted items not
correlated with specified products).
END OF SECTION
PROJECT NO.18‐172‐1197 013000‐5cOpynght2016 by KLUBER,!NC.;A∥Rights ReseⅣed
SECT10N 01 30 00
ADMIN;STRATI∨E REQUIREMENTS
www.kluberinc.com
Project Name:
Project No.:
Owner:
Your Work:
Acknowledged by:
Company:
Datel
KLUBER, lNC, (hereinafter refened to as "Klube/') an lllinois corporation, is providing electronic data to you solely at your
request and for your convenience. By accepting and opening any ofthe electronic data files, you agree that Kluber bears no
liability for the data or its transmission to you and that you are solely liable for any and all claims referring or relating to any and
all products you, oryour Subcontractors, may generate with the data.
You acknowledge that you have a limited non-exclusive license to use the information solely in connection with your work on the
project captioned above, and that Kluber retains all rights, including copyright, to the data.
ELECTRON:C DATA TRANSFER CONSENT FORM
FIRE STAT10N 93-SHOWER R00MS PiP!NG AND VALVE REPLACEMENT
1200 0AK BR00K ROAD
OAK BR00K,lLL:NOIS 60523
18‐172‐1197
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
(Printed Name)(Signature)
Emal::
Architectural Floor Plans are transmitted for the contractors' use as backgrounds for shop drawings and as-built drawings, and,
as such, contain graphic information for column grid, walls, floors, stairs, doors, windows, room numbers, ceiling grid, lights,
diffusers and sprinkler heads where indicated on Bid Documents. Plans d@tcontain title blocks, keynotes, schedules,
mechanical ductwork and equipment, electrical device symbols, circuit numbers and home runs, plumbing equipment, piping
runs and riser diagrams, and architectural/engineering text and details. Plans depict entire floors and are not formafted, partial
plans as depicted in the Bidding Documents. Files are provided in R2013 .DWG format.)
Kane County Office
10 South Shunrway AvenL:s
Ir./iclean County Offi ce'l 1C3 E. Beaufort Skeet. Box '10
SECT!ON 01 41 00
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SECT:ON INCLUDES
A General
B. DelnniOns
C Qua∥ly Assurance
D.Regulatory Requirements.
1.02 RELATED SECT10NS
A Section 01 10 00‐Summary
B Seclon 01 42 00-References.
1,03 GENERAL
A.Comply wnh a∥applicable laws,rules,regulalons,codes and ordinances
B r the cOntraclor obseⅣes thatthe Contract Documents may be at vattance with specined cOdes,
notify the ArchlecVEngineerimmediately.ArchilecVEngineer sha∥issue a∥changes in accordance
輛th the General Condkions
C Isha∥not be the Contraclors p∥mary responsib∥ily to make celain thatthe Contract Documents
are in accordance wlh a∥applicable laws,rules and regulaJons`however,when the Contraclor
perOrms wOrk knowlng o「having reason to know thatthe work in queslon is contrary lo applicable
bws,rdes,and re9ublons,and fa∥s lo nol"the ArchnecvEnuneer,the Contrador shJl pay a∥
costs ansing therefrom
l.04 DEF:N:T10NS
A DennllOns:
l Codesi Codes are statutory requirements,rules or regula∥ons of 9overnmental enlles
2 Standards: Standards are requirements that have been establshed as accepted crnena,set
general consent
l.05 QUAL!TY ASSURANCE
A The ArchnecvEngineer has deslgned the proleCttO applicable code requirements and has coples
of sald codes available forthe Contraclors inspeclion
B The Contraclorshal
l Ensure that copies of codes and standards referenced herein o「specined in individual
specincat ons sections are ava∥able to Contraclors pe「sOnnet agents,and Sub‐Contractors
2 Ensure that Contraclors pe「sOnnel,agents,and Sub‐Contraclors are fam∥iar wnh the
workmanship and requirements of app∥cable codes and standards
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172-1197 014100‐1Copy∥gh12016 by KLUBER,INCI A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 01 41 00
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A Source and Requrementsi Ven″amendments wth locai code ofFcials.
l Local code requirements:
a. iCC lntemational Bu∥ding Code,2009 Edllon.
b. ICC lntemalonal Exisung Bu∥ding cOde,2009 Ednion
c. ICC lnternalonal Mechanical Code,2009 Edtion
d. ICC lnlernaOonal Fire Code,2009 Edlon
e. ICC inlernaJonal Propeny Maintenance Code,2009 Edtion
f. NEC Elecl面 cal Code,2008 Ed掟 ion
2.Stale code requirements:
a Capnd Devebpment Board(CDB〉
1)∥inOiS Accessib∥ily Code,1997 Edllon.
2)∥inoiS Energy Conservalon Code oCC intemalonal Energy ConseⅣation Code,2015
Ednion,with State of∥∥nois modincaJOns
b ∥∥nois Depatment of Laborぐ DOL): Safety Glazing Mate面 als Act‐∥∥nols Revised Statutes,
chap lll 1/2,paragraph 3101,et seq
c ∥∥nois Depanment Of Pub∥c Heanh ODPH)
1)∥hdS ttumung Code O∥nOも Admhも trauve cOde,■∥e77,Chapteril Subchapter r,
Pan 890)
d. ∥inoも Environmental ProtecJon Agencyぐ EPA)
1)Ai「Po∥ulon Standards
2)Noise Po∥uJon Standards
3)Water PO∥ulon Standards
→PuЫ C Wattr Supples
5)So∥ d Wasle Standards
6)∥ino｀Recommended Standards for Sewage Works o∥nOiS Administrauve cOde,TⅢ e
35,Subulle c,ChapterlL Pan 370)
e Ⅲinois Stale Fire Marshal(OSFM〉
1)Bdttr&Pressure Vessd Safety Code(∥hob Admhigratlve Code,T∥e44,Chapterl,
Pan 120)
2)∥inoも Rules&RegulaJons for Fire PrevenOon&Safety(aS amended).
3)Gasoline and Volalle Oils o∥noiS Revlsed Statules,chap 17 1/2,paragraph 31,et
Seq).
3.lnformalon and Requirements fo「Ul∥ty Services:Local ul∥ty companies
PART 2 PRODuCTS・ NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUT10N・ NOT USED
END OF SECT:ON
PRO」ECT N0 18-172‐1197 014100‐2copynght 2016 by KLUBER,INCl A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 01 41 00
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
sEcfloN 01 42 00
REFERENCES
PART 1 GENEML
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Drawing symbols, abbreviations and acronyms.
B. Definitions of terms used throughout the Contract Documents.
C, Explanation of specification format and content.
D. Requirements relating to referenced standards.
E. Applicability of referenced standards.
F. List of industry organizations and certain of their respective documents.
1.02 DRAWING SYMBOLS AND CONVENTIONS
A. Abbreviations and graphic symbols are defined on the General Notes, Symbols & Abbreviations
sheet of the drawings.
B. Generally, symbols used on the mechanical and electrical drawings conform to those
recommended by ASHME, though, where appropriate, these symbols are supplemented by more
specific symbols as recommended by ASME, ASPE, or the IEEE.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Where the terms 'indicated", "noted', 'scheduled', 'shown', or "specified' are used it is to help
locate the reference; no limitation on location is intended except as specifically noted.
B. Where the terms "directed', "requested", "authorized", "approved", are used as in "directed by the
ArchitecUEngineer", no implied meaning shall be construed to e(end the ArchitecUEngineeds
responsibilities into the Contracto/s purview of construction supervision.
C. Where the term "approved" is used in conjunction with the ArchitecUEngineer's action on
submittals, requests or applications it is limited to the duties of the ArchitecUEngineer as described
in the Agreement, and the General and Supplemental Conditions of the Contract. Such use of the
term "approval" shall not limit or release the Contractor from his responsibility to fulfill Contract
requirements.
D. Where the term "regulations' is used it means all applicable statutes, laws, ordinances, and orders
issued by authorilies having jurisdiction, as well as construction industry standards, rules, or
conventions that address performance of the Work.
E. Where the term "furnish" is used it means supply, deliver, and unload to the construction site ready
for assembly and incorporation into the Work.
F. Where the term "install" is used it is meant to describe operations at the job site to include
unloading, assembling, placing, anchoring, finishing, protecting, cleaning and all other similar
operations required to fully incorporate an item into the Work.
G. Where the term "provide" is used it means "furnish and install" as defined above.
PRoJECT N0. 18-172-1197 01 42 00 - 1 SECTIoN 01 42 00
Copyright 2016 by KLUBER, lNC.; All Rights Reserved REFERENCES
H. The "Project Site" is the space available to the Contractor for performance of construction
activities, The Project Site may be for the exclusive use of the Contractor and his activities or may
be used in conjunction with otheE with others performing other conskuction or related activities on
the Project. The Extent of the Pro.lect Site is indicated on the drawings.
1.04 SPECIFICATION FORMAT AND CONTENT
A. These Specilications are based on the Construction Specification lnstitute's 49 Division format and
numbering system.
B. Language used in the Specifications and other Contract Documents is an abbreviated type.
lmplied words and meanings will appropriately interpreted.
C. Requirements expressed in imperative and streamlined language are to be performed bythe
Contractor. At certain locations in the text, subjective language may be used to describe
responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the Conhactor or others.
1 . Whenever a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase, it shall be construed to mean the
words "shall be".
D, Use of certain terms such as "carpentry' is not intended to imply that certain activities must be
performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name. The
Specifications do, however, require that certain construction activities shall be performed by
specialists who are recognized experts in the operations to be performed. Specialists shall be used
for said activities, however the final responsibility for fulfilling the requirements of the Contract
remains the Contractor's.
1.05 QUALITYASSURANCE
A, For products or workmanship specified by reference to a document or documents not included in
the Project Manual, also refened to as reference standards, comply with requirements of the
standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes.
B. Conform to reference standard of date of issue specifled in this section, except where a specific
date is established by applicable code.
C. Obtain copies of standards when required by the Contract Documents.
D. Maintain copy at project site during submittals, planning, and progress of the specific work, until
Substantial Completion.
E. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from
the ArchitecUEngineer before proceeding.
F. Neither the contractual relationships, duties, or responsibilities of the parties in Contract nor those
of the ArchitecUEngineer shall be altered by the Contract Documents by mention or inference
otherwise in any reference document.
1,06 APPLICABILITY OF INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A. Construction industry standards shall have the same force and effect as if bound or copied
directly in the Contract Documents, except where more stringent requirements are specifled. All
such applicable standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.
PROJECT N0, 18-172-1197 01 4200 -2 sEcTtoN 01 42 00
Copyright 2016 by KLUBER, lNC.;All Rights Reserved REFERENCES
1.Where compliance wtth lwo or more standards are referenced and conlに ung requirements for
qualky or quant性 les occur,comply wlh the more stHngent requirements Refer queslons
regarding apparenly conlに lng standards to the Archlectfor a decも ion before proceeding.
2 The slandard ofqua∥ty or quantity levels speclled,shown,or referenced sha∥be the minimum
lo be provided or perormed Refer queslons regarding standards of minimum qua∥ty or
quanuty tO the Archnect before proceeding
l.07 CONSTRUCT:ON:NDUSTRY ORGANIZAT10NS AND DOCUMENTS
A.AA¨ ALUMINUM ASSOCIAT10NIINC
B AABC¨ASSOC:ATED A!R BALANCE COUNCIL
C AAMA―AMERICAN ARCHITECTURAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOC:AT10N
D AASHTO¨AMERICAN ASSOCIAT10N OF STATE HlGHWAY AND TRANSPORTAT10N
OFFICIALS
E ACI―AMERiCAN CONCRETEINSTlTUTE INTERNAT10NAL
F AISC―AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCT!ON,INC.
G ANSI―AMER:CAN NAT10NAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE
H ASHRAE―AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING,REFRIGERATING AND A:R‐CONDIT10NING
ENG:NEERS,INC
L ASME―THE AMERiCAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS
l ASMEA171‐Safety Code for Elevalors and Escalatorsi 2004
」 ASTM―AMERICAN SOC:ETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS
K AWI…ARCHITECTURAL W00DVVORKINSTITUTE
L. AWPA‐‐AMERiCAN W00D‐PRESERVERS'ASSOCIAT!ON
M.AWS¨AMERICAN WELDINC SOCIETY
N BHMA―BUILDERS HARDWARE MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIAT10N
O CPSC… CONSUMER PRODUCTS SAFETY COMMISS10N
P DHI―D00R AND HARDWAREINSTITUTE
Q DIN―DEUTSCHESINSTITUT FUR NORMUNG
R.FM…FACTORY MUTUAL RESEARCH CORPORAT10N
S iCC―INTERNAT10NAL CODE COUNCIL,INC
T. IEEE―INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC ENGINEERS
U iSO―INTERNAT10NAL STANDARDS ORGANIZAT10N
V.MFMA…MAPLE FL00RING MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIAT10N
W NAAMM¨THE NAT10NAL ASSOCIAT10N OF ARCHITECTURAL METAL MANUFACTURERS
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1197 014200-3
Copy∥ght2016 by KLUBER,lNC:A∥R ghls ReseⅣed
SECT10N 01 42 00
REFERENCES
X,NCMA―NAT10NAL CONCRETE MASONRY ASSOCIAT10N
Y NEBB―NAT10NAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCiNG BUREAU
Z NEMA―NAT10NAL ELECTRiCAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIAT10N
AA. NFPA―NAT10NAL FIRE PROTECT10N ASSOCIAT10N
AB NRCA¨NAT10NAL R00FING CONTRACTORS ASSOCIAT10N
AC PCI―PRECAST/PRESTRESSED CONCRETEINSTITUTE
AD SDl…STEEL D00R INSTITUTE
AE SD!¨STEEL DECK INSTITUTE,INC
AF SCCC…SAFETY GLAZING CERTIFiCAT10N COUNCIL
AG SiCMA‐SEALED INSULATING GLASS MANUFACTURERS ASSOCiAT10N(See lGMA)
AH. S」!―STEEL JOiST INSTITUTE
AI SMACNA―SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDIT10NING CONTRACTORSI NAT10NAL
ASSOC:AT10N,INC.
A」.SSPC―THE SOCIETY FOR PROTECTIVE COATINCS
AK TCA―TILE COUNCIL OF AMERiCA,INC
AL UL―UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC
AM USG―UNITED STATES GYPSUM
l USG(HB)―Gypsum ConstrucJon Handbooに SeVenth Ed面 on
AN WVVPA―WESTERN W00D PRODUCTS ASSOCIAT10N
l.08 UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT AND RELATED AGENC:ES′DOCUMENTS
A CFR¨ CODE OF FEDERAL REGULAT10NS
B CPSC¨CONSUMER PRODUCTS SAFETY COMMISS10N
C EPA…ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECT10N AGENCY
D FS…FEDERAL SPECIFICAT10NS AND STANDARDS(General Services Administralon)
E GSA¨U.S GENERAL SERVICES ADMiNiSTRAT10N
F USCS―UNITED STATES GEOLOGiCAL SURVEY
l.09 STATE GOVERNMENT AND RELATED AGENCIESIDOCUMENTS
A CDB…ILLINOIS CAPlTAL DEVELOPMENT BOARD
B IDOL―ILLINOIS DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
C IDPH―lLLINOIS DEPARTMENT OF PUBLiC HEALTH
D IEPA…ILLINOIS ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECT10N AGENCY
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1197 014200‐4 SECT10N 01 42 00
Copyttgh1 2016 by KLUBER,INC IA∥Rights Reserved REFERENCES
E.OSFM…OFFICE OF THE ILLINOIS SttATE FIRE MARSHAL.
PART 2 PRODUCTS口 NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUT10N・ NOT USED
END OF SECT:ON
PROJECT NO.18‐172‐1197 014200‐5cOpynght 2016 by KLUBER,INC.:A∥Rights ReseⅣed
SECT10N 01 42 00
REFERENCES
SECT10N 01 50 00
TEMPORARY FACiL:TIES AND CONTROLS
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SECT:ON INCLUDES
A Temporary ul“ues
B Temporary lelecommunicauons seⅣices
C Temporary santary faci∥tles
D Temporary Contro僣 :Barners,enc10sures,and fencing
E.Secunty requirements
F Vehicuiar access and parking
G Wasle removalfac∥lies and services
l.02 TEMPORARY UTILiTIES
A Ownerwi∥proMde the fo∥owing:
l Elect"cal power,consisung of cOnnecuon tO exisung fac∥lies
2 Walersupply,consも Ing of conneclion to exヽ lng fac∥lies.
B.Exisung fac∥ nies may be used.
1.03 TELECOMMUNICAT:ONS SERV:CES
A Telecommunica」ons services sha∥include:
1 0ne(1)mOb∥e ce∥ulartelephone for each of Contractors and any Subcontraclors le:d
personneL
l.04 TEMPORARY SANITARY FAC:L:TIES
A Use ofexisJng fac∥lies is permlted
B Maintain daily in clean and sanitary condition
C At end of construclon,return fac∥性ies lo same or betler condnlon as Onginally found
l.05 BARRIERS
A Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas,lo prevent access to areas
that could be hazardous lo workers orthe public,lo a∥ ow for owners use Of site and to protect
exttung fac∥mes and adiaCent propeties from damage from construclon operatlons and
demo∥∥on.
B Provide barricades and covered walkways requ red by 9overning authorities for pub∥cnghts_Of way
C Protect non―owned vehiculartrafrc,stOred matenals,sne,and struclures from damage
PROJECT N0 48‐172‐1197 015000‐1cOpynght2016 by KLUBER,INCI A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 01 50 00
TEMPORARY FACIL TIES AND CONTROLS
1.06 1NTER:OR ENCLOSURES
A Provide temporary panliOns and ce∥lngs as indicated to separale work areas from
Owne卜 occupied areas,to prevent penetralon of dust and moisture into Owne「occupled areas,
and to prevent damage to exislng mate面 als and equipment.
B Constructbni Framhg and reinforced polyeth口 ene sheet male∥als輛 th closed lohtS and sealed
edges atintersections with existing suraces:
1.07 SECUR:TY
A.Provide secu∥ty and fad∥les lo protect Work,exも ung faci∥ues,and owners operauOns frOm
unauthottzed entry,vanda∥sm,orthet.
1.08 VEHiCULAR ACCESS AND PARKING
A.Comply wth regulalons relalng to use of streets and sidewalks,access to emergency fac∥lies,
and access for emergency vehicles
B Coordlnate access and haulroutes wnh governing autho∥∥es and Owner
C Provide and maintain access to nre hydrants,free of obstructlons
D Provide means ofremoving mud from vehicle wheels before enlenng streels
l.09 WASTE REMOVAL
A Provide wasle removalfac∥∥es and services as required lo maintain the sne in clean and ordedy
condition
B Provide containers wnh∥ds Remove trash from sle penOdica∥y.
c r mateHals to be recycled o「re‐used on the prolect must be stored on‐Ыte,provide sulable
non‐combusuble cOntainersilocale containe「s holding nammable malenal outside the struclure
unttss othemise appЮ ved by the autho百 Jes ha∥ngル ∥sdtJOn
l.10 REMOVAL OF UTIL:T:ES,FACiLITIES,AND CONTROLS
A Remove temporary u∥∥∥es,equipment,fac∥Jes,malenals,pno「lo Substanual COmpletion
inspection
B Clean and repair damage caused byinsta∥ation or use oftemporary work
C Restore exisung fac∥lies used dunng cOnstrucuon tO Onginal cond忙 lon.
PART 2 PRODuCTS‐NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTiON・ NOT USED
END OF SECT10N
PRO」ECT N0 18 172‐1197 015000-2
Copylght2016 by KLUBER NCI A∥R ghts ReseⅣed
SECT10N 01 50 00
TEMPORARY FACIL TIES AND CONTROLS
SECT10N 01 60 00
PRODUCT REQU!REMENTS
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SECT:ON:NCLUDES
A General productrequrements
B Re‐use of existing products
C Transpolajon,handung,stOrage and proteclion.
D.Product oplon requirements
E SubsutuJOn∥mlalons and procedures
F Procedures for Owne「supp∥ed products.
G Maintenance mate∥als,including extra mateHals,spare pans,loOis,and sotware
l,02 SUBMITTALS
A. P「oduct Data Submitalsi Subml manufacturers standard pub∥shed data Mark each copyto
identify app∥cabie products,models,oplons,and other data Supplement manufacturerゞ
standard data lo proude hformalon specnc 10 ths Prolect
B Shop Drawing SubmitattI Prepared specnca∥y fOrthも Prolect indiCale uu∥ty and eleclncal
characleristics,uti∥ty connection requirements,and location of ut∥ity outlets for service for
functional equipment and appliances
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 EXISTING PRODUCTS
A Do not use malettals and equipmentremoved from exislng premises un:ess specinca∥y required
or permited by the Contracl Documents
B Unforeseen hislonc ilems encountered remain the propeny Ofthe Ownel nojfy Owner prompuy
upon d`coveryi prolect,remove,handle,and slore as directed by Owner
C Exlsting materials and equipmentindlcated to be removed,but notto be re‐used,relocaled,
reinstalled,de∥vered to the Owner,o「othen″se indicated as lo remain the propeny Ofthe Owner,
become the propetty Ofthe Contractot remove from ste
D Specinc Produclsto be Reused: The reuse of cenain materials and equlpment already existing on
the prolect Sne is requTed.
2.02 NEW PRODuCTS
A Provide new products unless specinca∥y required or permited by the Contract Documents
B Designed,manufaclured,and lesled in accordance輌 th industry standards
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 016000‐1Copy19ht 2016 by KLUBER,INC=A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 01 60 00
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
2.03 PRODUCT OPTIONS
A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any product meeting
those standards or description,
B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Use a product of one of the
manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed.
C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions:
Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named.
2.04 MAINTENANCEMATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials, spare parts, tools, and software oftypes and in quantities specified in
individual speciflcation sections.
B. Deliver to Project site and place in location directed by Owner's representative; obtain Owne/s
signature on receipt for delivery prior to final payment. Submit signed receipts with Closeout
Submittals.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SUBSTITUTIONPROCEDURES
A. Substitutions Prior To Bid Opening: ArchitecUEngineer will consider a written request for
substitution provided that such request is received at least seven (7) days prior to the Bid opening
date. Requests received after that time will not be considered.
1. lf a request is approved, the Architect/Engineer will issue and appropriate addendum not less
than three (3) days prior to the Bid opening date.
B. Substitutions After Notice of Award: ArchitecUEngineer will consider a request for substitution only
under one or more of the following conditions:
1. Substitution is required for compliance with final interpretation of code requirements or
insurance regulations.
2. Specified product is not available through no fault of the Conhactor.
3. Specified product is not compatible with other specified materials/equipment.
4. Manufacturer will not certify or warranty specified product as required.
C, Document each request utilizing Substitution Request Form following this section with complete
data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. lncomplete
requests will not be considered.
D. A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter:
1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of
the specified product.
2. Will provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product.
3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work that may be required for the Work
to be complele with no additional cost to Owner.
4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension that may subsequently become apparent.
5. Will reimburse owner for ArchitecUEngineer review or redesign services associated with
re-approval by authorities having jurisdiction over the Project.
PRoJECT NO. 18-172-1197 01 60 00 - 2 sEcrloN 01 60 00
Copyright 2016 by KLUBER, lNC.; All Rights Reserved PRoDUCT REQUIRET ENTS
E. Substitutions of products or product characteristics/components/accessories will not be considered
when they are indicated or implied on Contracto/s submittals, without separate written request, or
when acceptance will require revision to the Conhact Documents, whether rejection of said
subsititutions is expressly identified by ArchitecVEngineer on Contractot's submittals or not,
F. Substitution Submittal Procedure:
1 , Submit two copies of request for substitution for consideration. Submit a separate Substitution
Request Form and accompanying documentation for each proposed substitution.
2. Provide the following minimum documentation with each Substitution Request Form:
a. Product identification, manufacturer, product data including dimensions and weight,
performance and installation instructions.
b. Side-by-side itemized comparison of proposed substitution with specified product.
c. Coordination information including other modifications required as a result of proposed
substitution.
d. Cost information including the effect ofthe proposed substitution on the Contract Sum.
3. Sign and date the Substitution Request Form.
4. ArchitecUEngineer will notify submitter in writing of decision to accept or reject request.
3.02 TMNSPORTATION AND HANDLING
A. Package products for shipment in manner to prevent damage; for equipment, package to avoid
loss of factory calibration.
B. lf special precautions are required, attach instructions prominently and legibly on outside of
packaging.
C. Coordinate schedule of product delivery to designated prepared areas in order to minimize site
storage time and potential damage to stored materials.
D. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufactureds instructions.
E. Transport materials in covered trucks to prevent contamination of product and liftering of
surrounding areas.
F. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are
conect, and products are undamaged.
G. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement,
or damage.
H. Arrange for the return of packing materials, such as wood pallets, where economically feasible.
3.03 STORAGEAND PROTECTION
A. Designate receiving/storage areas for incoming products so that they are delivered according to
installation schedule and placed convenient to work area in order to minimize waste due to
excessive materials handling and misapplication.
B. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions.
C. Store with seals and labels intact and legible.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 016000‐3cOpynght 2016 by KLUBER,INC:A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 01 60 00
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
D. Store sensitive products in weather tight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment
favorable to product.
E. Protect products from damage or deterioration due to construction operations, weather,
precipitation, humidity, temperature, sunlight and ultraviolet light, dirt, dust, and other
contaminants.
F, Comply with manufacturer's wananty conditions, if any.
G. Prevent contact with materialthat may cause corrosion, discoloration, or staining.
H, Provide equipment and personnelto store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement,
or damage.
l. Anange slorage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products
are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition.
END OF SECTION
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 016000‐4Copy∥ght2016 by KLUBER,INCI A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 01 60 00
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
Kluber
Architects + Engineers wv'rw.kluberinc.com
SUBSTITUT10N REQUEST FORM
PRO」EC丁 i VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K―FIRE STA丁 10N93-SHOWER R00MS PIPING AND VALVE
REPLACEMENT
SPECIFIED ITEMi
Speclficatlon Seclion Page Paragraph
丁he undersigned requests conslderatlon ofthe followlngi
PROPOSED SUBSTITUT10N:
Description
Attached data includes project description, specifications, drawings, photographs, performance and test data
adequate for evaluation of the request; applicable portions of the data are clearly identified.
Attached data also includes a description of changes to the Contract Documents which the proposed substitution will
require for its proper installation.
The undersigned certifies that the following paragraphs, unless modified by attachments, are correct:
1, The proposed substitution does not affect dimensions shown on drawings.
2, The undersigned will pay for changes to the building design, including engineering design, detailing, and
construction costs caused by the requested substitution.
3. The proposed substitution will have no adverse effect on other trades, the construction schedule, or
specified warranty requirements.
4. Maintenance and service parts will be locally available for the proposed substitution.
The undensigned further states that the function, appearance, and quality of the proposed substitution are equivalent
or superior to the specified item.
Printed Name
Signature
Telephone
FI「mEmall
For Use By The ArchitecUEngineer:
E nccepted E Accepted As Noted
E ruot Accepted E Received Too Late
Attachments(list):
SECT:ON 01 70 00
EXECUT10N AND CLOSEOUT REQU!REMENTS
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SECT!ON INCLUDES
A. Exannination,preparation,and generalinsta∥ation procedures
B Requirements for allerations work,including seleclve demolnion
C.Prelnstallalon meeungs
D Cuting and patching
E Surveying fOrlaying outthe work
F Cleaning and proleclon
C Statting of syslems and equipment
H Demonstralon and instruclon of Owner personneL
I Closeout procedures,including Contraclors cOrreclon Punch Lも t,except payment procedures
l.02 RELATED REQU!REMENTS
A Section 01 30 00-Adm nお tra,ve Requirements:Submitals procedures
B Sectlon 01 78 00-Closeout Submitaに :Prolect record documents,operalon and maintenance
data,warranles and bonds
C Seclon 01 79 00‐Demonstration and Training: Demonstration of products and systems to be
commissloned and where indicated in specinc specincatiOn sections
l.03 SUBM:TTALS
A See Seclon 01 30 00‐Adminも tralve Requirements,for submntal procedures
B Cuting and Patchingi Submtt w面 ten requestin advance of cuting or alleration that aibcts
l Structu「J hte9nty of any ebment of Prolect.
2 1nteg「ity of weather exposed or molsture resistant element.
3 Ef「ciency,maintenance,or safety of any operational element
4 Visualqua∥ties ofsight expOsed elements
5. Work of Owner or separale Contraclor
l.04 PROJECT CONDIT10NS
A Dust ControL Execule work by methods to minimize raising dustfrom construc∥on operaOons
Provide pOsitive means to prevent air‐borne dust from dlspersing into atmosphere and over
adiaCent propetty
B. Nolse Controli Provide methods,means,and fac∥it es to minim ze nolse produced by construction
operations
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1197 017000‐1Copyttght 2016 by KLUBER,INCI A∥R ghts ReseⅣed
SECT10N 01 70 00
EXECUT10N AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
C. Pest and Rodent Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent pests and insects
from damaging the work.
1.0s cooRDtNAT|oN
A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of the Project Manual to
ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with
provisions for accommodating items installed later.
B. Verify that utility requirements and characteristics of new operating equipment are compatible with
building utilities, Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for
installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment.
C. Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical work that
are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit,
as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to
maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs.
D. Coordinate completion and clean-up of work of separate sections.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PATCHINGMATERIALS
A. New Materials: As specified in product sections; match existing products and work for patching
and exlending work.
B. Product Substitution: For any proposed change in materials, submit request for substitution
described in Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections.
B. Take field measurements before confirming product orders or beginning fabrication, to minimize
waste due to over-ordering or misfabrication.
C. Prior to Cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements
subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering existing work,
assess conditions affecting performance of work. Beginning of cutting or patching means
acceptance of existing conditions.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance.
B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance.
C. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to
applying any new material or substance in contact or bond.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 017000‐2copynght 2016 by KLUBER,INC IA∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 01 70 00
EXECUT10N AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
3.03 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. When required in individual specification sections, convene a preinstallation meeting at the site
prior to commencing work of the section.
B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting, or affected by, work of the specific section.
C. Notify ArchitecUEngineer four days in advance of meeiing date.
D. Prepare agenda and preside at meeting:
1. Review conditions of examination, preparation and installation procedures.
2. Review coordination with related work.
E. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with two copies
to ArchitecUEngineer, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made.
3.04 GENEMLINSTALLATIONREQUIREMENTS
A. lnstall products as specified in individual sections, in accordance with manufacture/s instructions
and recommendations, and so as to avoid waste due to necessity for replacement.
B. Make vertical elements plumb and horizontal elements level, unless otherwise indicated.
C. lnstall equipment and fittings plumb and level, neatly aligned with adjacent vertical and horizontal
lines, unless otherwise indicated.
3.05 ALTERATIONS
A. Drawings showing existing construction and utilities are based on casual fleld observation and
existing record documents only.
1. Report discrepancies to ArchitecUEngineer before disturbing existing installation.
2. Beginning of alterations work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions.
B. Remove existing work as indicated and as required to accomplish new work.
1. Remove items indicated on drawings.
2. Relocate items indicated on drawings.
3. Where new surface flnishes are to be applied to existing work, perform removals, patch, and
prepare existing surfaces as required to receive new llnish; remove existing finish if necessary
for successful application of new finish.
4. Where new surface finishes are not specified or indicated, patch holes and damaged surfaces
to match adjacent finished surfaces as closely as possible.
C. Services (lncluding but not limited to HVAC, Plumbing, and Electrical): Remove, relocate, and
extend existing systems to accommodate new construction.
'1. Maintain existing active systems that are to remain in operation; maintain access to equipment
and operational components; if necessary, modify installation to allow access or provide access
panel.
2. Where existing systems or equipment are not active and Contract Documents require
reactivation, put back into operational condition; repair supply, distribution, and equipment as
required.
PRO」ECT N0 18-172‐1197 017000‐3cOpynght 2016 by KLUBER,INCI A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 01 70 00
EXECUT10N AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
3. Where existing active systems serve occupied facilities but are to be replaced with new
services, maintain existing systems in service until new systems are complete and ready for
service.
a. Disable existing systems only to make switchovers and connections; minimize duration of
outages.
b. Provide temporary connections as required to maintain existing systems in service.
4. Verify that abandoned services serve only abandoned facilities.
5. Remove abandoned pipe, ducts, conduits, and equipment, including those above accessible
ceilings; remove back to source of supply where possible, otherurise cap stub and tag with
identification; patch holes left by removal using materials specified for new construction.
D. Clean existing systems and equipment.
E. Remove demolition debris and abandoned items from alterations areas and dispose of off-site; do
not burn or bury.
F. Do not begin new construction in alterations areas before demolition is complete.
G. Comply with all other applicable requirements of this section.
3.06 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Whenever possible, execute the work by methods that avoid cutting or patching.
B. See Alterations article above for additional requirements.
C. Perform whatever cutting and patching is necessary to:
1. Complete the work,
2. Fit products together to integrate with other work,
3. Provide openings for penehation of mechanical, electrical, and other services.
4. Match work that has been cut to adjacent work.
5. Repair areas adjacent to cuts to required condition.
6. Repair new work damaged by subsequent work.
7. Remove and replace defective and non-conforming work.
D. Execute work by methods that avoid damage to other work and that will provide appropriate
surfaces to receive patching and finishing. ln existing work, minimize damage and restore to
original condition.
E. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior
approval.
F. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.
G. Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces.
H. Patching:
1 . Finish patched surfaces to match finish that existed prior to patching. On continuous surfaces,
refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entire unit.
2. Match color, texture, and appearance.
PRO」ECT N0 18-172‐1197 017000-4
Copyttght 2016 by KLUBER,INC=A∥R ghts ReseⅣed
SECT10N 01 70 00
EXECUT10N AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
3. Repair patched surfaces that are damaged, lifted, discolored, or showing other imperfections
due to patching work. lf defects are due to condition of substrate, repair substrate prior to
repairing finish.
3.07 PROGRESS CLEANING
A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly
condition.
B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or
remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space.
C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to
eliminate dust.
D. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and trashhubbish from site periodically and dispose
off-site; do not bum or bury.
3.08 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK
A. Protect installed work from damage by construction operations.
B. Provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections.
C. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate
work area to prevent damage.
D. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings.
E. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from haffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of
heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials,
F. Remove protective coverings when no longer needed; reuse or recycle plastic coverings if
possible.
3.09 SYSTEM STARTUP
A. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems.
B. Verify tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by
the equipment or system manufacturer.
C. Verify that wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested.
D. Execute start-up under supervision of applicable Contractor personnel and manufacture/s
representative in accordance with manufaclurers' instructions'
E. Submit a written report that equipment or system has been propedy installed and is functioning
conectly.
3.10 DEMONSTRATIONANDINSTRUCTION
A. See Section 01 79 00 - Demonstration and Training.
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1197 017000‐5cOpynght2016 by KLUBER INC I A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 01 70 00
EXECUT10N AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
3.11 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation.
B. Test, adjust and balance HVAC systems.
3.12 FINAL CLEANING
A. Execute final cleaning prior to final project assessment.
1. Clean areas to be occupied by Owner prior to final completion before Owner occupancy.
B. Use cleaning materials that are nonhazardous.
C. Remove all labels that are not permanent. Do not paint or otherwise cover fire test labels or
nameplates on mechanical and electrical equipment.
D. Clean equipment and flxtures to a sanitary condition with cleaning materials appropriate to the
surface and material being cleaned.
E. Remove waste, surplus materials, trash/rubbish, and conskuction facilities from the site; dispose of
in legal manner; do not bum or bury.
3.13 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
A. Make submittals that are required by goveming or other authorities.
1. Provide copies to ArchitecUEngineer and Owner.
B. Accompany Project Coordinator on preliminary inspection to determine items to be listed for
completion or conection in the Contractor's Conection Punch List for Contracto/s Notice of
Substantial Completion.
C. Notify ArchitecUEngineer when work is considered ready for ArchitecVEnginee/s Substantial
Completion inspection.
D. Submit wriften certification containing Contractor's Correction Punch List, that Contract Documents
have been reviewed, work has been inspected, and that work is complete in accordance with
Contract Documents and ready for ArchitecVEnginee/s Substantial Completion inspection.
E. Conduct Substantial Completion inspection and create Final Correction Punch List containing
ArchitecUEnginee/s and Contracto/s comprehensive list of items identified to be completed or
conected and submit to ArchitecUEngineer.
F. Correct items of work listed in Final Correction Punch List and comply with requirements for
access to Ovmer-occuPied areas.
G. Notify ArchitecUEngineer when work is considered finally complete and ready for
ArchitecUEngineer's Substantial Completion final inspection.
H. Complete items of work determined by Architect/Engineer listed in executed Certificate of
substantial completion
END oF sEcroN
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 017000‐6Copy百 ght2016 by KLUBER NCl A∥R ghts ReseⅣed
SECT10N 01 70 00
EXECUT10N AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
sEcTloN 01 78 00
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
PART 1 GENERAL
.I.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Project Record Documents.
B. Operation and Maintenance Data.
C. Warranties and bonds,
1.02 RELATEDREQUIREMENTS
A. Section 0'1 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Submiftals procedures, shop drawings, product
data, and samples.
B. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Contract closeout procedures.
C. lndividual Product Sections: Specific requirements for operation and maintenance data.
D. lndividual Product Sections: Warranties required for specific products or Work.
1,03 SUBMITTALS
A. Pro.ject Record Documents: Submit documents to ArchitecUEngineer with claim for flnal
Application for Payment.
B. Operation and Maintenance Data:
1 , Submit two copies of preliminary draft or proposed formats and outlines of contents before start
of Work. ArchitecUEngineer will review draft and return one copy with comments.
2. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and
operated by Owner, submit completed documents within ten days after acceptance.
3. Submit one copy of completed documents 15 days prior to final inspection. This copy will be
reviewed and returned after final inspection, with ArchitecUEngineer comments. Revise
content of all document sets as required prior to final submission.
4. Submit two sets of revised final documents in final form within l0daysafterfinal inspection.
C. Warranties and Bonds:
1 . For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with
Owner's permission, submit documents within 10 days after acceptance.
2. Make other submittals within 10 days after Date of Substantial completion, prior to final
Application for PaYment.
3. Foi items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial Completion,
submit within 10 days after acceptance, listing the date of acceplance as the beginning of the
warranty period.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 017800‐1Copylght 2016 by KLUBER,INCI A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 01 78 00
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Maintain on site one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work:
1. Drawings.
2. Specifications.
3. Addenda.
4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract.
B. Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by Owner,
C. Store record documents separate from documents used for construction.
D. Record information concunent with construction progress.
E. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each product section description of actual products
installed, including the following:
1. Manufacturer's name and product model and number.
2, Product substitutions or alternates utilized.
3. Changes made by Addenda and modifications.
F. Record Drawings : Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including:
1. Details not on original Contract drawings.
3.02 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Source Data: For each product or system, list names, addresses and telephone numbers of
Subconhactors and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts,
B. product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts, and data
applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information.
c. Drawings: Supplement product data to illushate relations of component parts of equipment and
systems, to show control and flow diagrams Do not use Project Record Documents as
maintenance drawings.
D. Typed Text: As required to supplement product data. Provide logical sequence of instructions for
each procedure, incorporating manufacture/s instructions.
3.03 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
A. For Each ltem of Equipment and Each System:
'1. Description of unit or system, and component parts
2. ldentify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.
3. lnclude performance curves, with engineering data and tests
4. Complete nomenclature and model number of replaceable parts.
B. Where additional instructions are required, beyond the manufacturer's standard printed
inshuctions, have instructions prepared by personnel experienced in the operation and
maintenance of the speciflc products.
PRoJECT NO. 18-172-1197 01 78 0O - 2 sECTloN 01 78 00
Copyright 2016 by KLUBER, lNC.; All Rights Reserued CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
C. Operating Procedures: lnclude start-up, break-in, and routine normaloperating inskuctions and
sequences. lnclude regulation, control, stopping, shutdowtt, and emergency instructions. lnclude
summer, winter, and any special operating instructions.
D. Maintenance Requirements: lnclude routine procedures and guide for preventative maintenance
and trouble shooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting,
balancing, and checking instructions.
E. lnclude manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions.
F. lnclude sequence of operation by controls manufacturer.
G. Provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required
for maintenance.
H. Provide control diagrams by controls manufacturer as installed.
l. Provide list of original manufacturer's spare parts, current prices, and recommended quantities to
be maintained in storage.
J. lnclude test and balancing reports.
K, Additional Requirements: As specified in individual product specification sections.
3.04 ASSEMBLYOF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Assemble operation and maintenance data into durable manuals for owner's personnel use, with
data ananged in the same sequence as, and identified by, the specification sections.
B. Where systems involve more than one specification section, provide separate tabbed divider for
each system.
C. Prepare instructions and data by personnel experienced in maintenance and operation of
described products.
D. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual.
E. Binders: Commercial quality ,8-1l2by 11 inch three D side ring binders with durable plastic
covers; 2 inch maximum ring size. When multiple binders are used, conelate data into related
consistent groupings.
F, Cover: ldentify each binder with typed or printed title OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
INSTRUCTIONS; identify title of Project; identify subject matter of contents.
G. Project Directory: Title and address of Project; names, addresses, and telephone numbers of
ArchitecUEngineer, Consultants,Contractorand subcontractors, with names of responsible parties.
H. Tables of Contents: List every item separated by a divider, using the same identiflcation as on the
divider tab; where multiple volumes are required, include all volumes Tables of Contents in each
volume, with the cunent volume clearly identified.
l. Dividers: Provide tabbed dividers for each separate product and system; identify the contents on
the divider tab; immediately following the divider tab include a description of product and major
component parts of equipment.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 017800‐3Copy∥ght2016 by KLUBER,INC:A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 01 78 00
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
J. Text: Manufacture/s printed data, ortypewritten data on 24 pound paper.
K. Drawings: Provide with reinforced punched binder tab. Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to
size of text pages,
3.05 WARRANTIES AND BONDS
A. Obtain warranties and bonds, executed in duplicate by responsible Subcontractors, suppliers, and
manufacturers, within 10 days after completion of the applicable item of work. Except for items put
into use with Owne/s permission, leave date of beginning of time of warranty until the Date of
Substantial completion is determined,
B, Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized,
C. Co-execute submittals when required.
D. Retain warranties and bonds until time specified for submittal,
E. lnclude originals of each in operation and maintenance manuals, indexed separately on Table of
Contents,
END OF SECTION
PRO」ECT NO.18‐172‐1197 017800‐4Copy∥ght 2016 by KLUBER,lNC.;A∥Rlghts Reserved
SECT10N 01 78 00
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
sEcTtoN 01 79 00
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Demonstration of products and systems where indicated in specific specification sections.
B. Training of Owner personnel in operation and maintenance is required for:
'1. All softwareoperated systems.
2, HVAC systems and equipment.
3, Plumbing equipment.
4. ltems specified in individual product Sections.
1.02 RELATEDREQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals: Operation and maintenance manuals.
B. other Specification Sections: Additional requirements for demonstration and training.
1.03 SUBttIITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administralive Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Training Plan: Owner will designate personnel to be trained; tailor kaining to needs and skill-level
of attendees.
1 . Submit to ArchitecUEngineer for transmittal to Owner,
2. Submit not less than two weeks prior to start of training.
3. Revise and resubmit until acceptable.
4. Provide an overall schedule showing all training sessions,
5. lnclude at least the following for each training session:
a. ldentification, date, time, and duration.
b. Description of products and/or systems to be covered.
c. Name of firm and person conducting training; include qualifications.
d. lntended audience, such as job description.
e. Objectives of training and suggested methods of ensuring adequate training.
f. Methods to be used, such as classroom lecture, live demonstrations, hands-on, etc.
g. Media to be used, such a slides, handouts, etc.
h. Training equipment required, such as projector, projection screen, etc., to be provided by
Conhactor.
C, Training Manuals: Provide training manual for each attendee; allow for minimum of two attendees
per training session.
1. lnclude applicable portion of 0&M manuals.
2. lnclude copies of all hand-outs, slides, overheads, video presentations, etc., that are not
included in O&M manuals.
3. Provide one e(ra copy ofeach training manualto be included with operation and maintenance
data.
D. Training Reports:
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1197 017900‐1cOpynght 2016 by KLUBER,lNC IA∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 01 79 00
DEMONSTRAT10N AND TRAINING
'1. ldentification of each training session, date, time, and duration.
2. Sign-in sheet showing names and job titles of attendees.
3. List of attendee questions and written answers given, including copies of and references to
supporting documentation required for clarification; include answers to questions that could not
be answered in original training session.
E. Video Recordings: Submit digital video recording of each demonstration and training session for
owner's subsequent use.
1 . Format: DVD Disc.
2. Label each disc and container with session identification and date.
1.04 QUALITYASSURANCE
A. lnstructor Qualifications: Familiar with design, operation, maintenance and troubleshooting of the
relevant products and systems.
1. Provide as instructors the most qualified trainer of those contractors and/or installers who
actually supplied and installed the systems and equipment.
2. Where a single person is not familiar with all aspects, provide specialists with necessary
qualilications.
PART 2 PRODUCTS. NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 DEMONSTRATION - GENERAL
A. Demonstrations conducted during system start-up do not qualify as demonstrations for the
purposes of this section, unless approved in advance by Owner.
B. Demonstration may be combined with Owner personnel kaining if applicable.
C. Operating Equipment and Systems: Demonstrate operation in all modes, including start-up,
shut-down, seasonal changeover, emergency conditions, and troubleshooting, and maintenance
procedures, including scheduled and preventive maintenance.
1. Perform demonstrations not less than two weeks prior to Substantial Completion.
2. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonshation for other
season within six months.
3.02 TRAINING. GENERAL
A. Conduct training on-site unless otherwise indicated.
B. Owner will provide classroom and seating at no cost to Contractor.
C. Provide training in minimum two hour segments.
D. Training schedule will be subject to availability of Owner's personnel to be trained; re-schedule
training sessions as required by owner; once schedule has been approved by Owner failure to
conduct sessions according to schedule will be cause for Owner to charge Contractor for
personnel "show-uP" time.
E. Review of Facility Policy on Operation and Maintenance Data: During training discuss:
1 . The location of the O&M manuals and procedures for use and preservation; backup copies.
PRoJECT NO. 18-172-1197 01 79 00 - 2 sECTloN 01 79 00
copyright 2016 by KLUBER, lNC,i All Rights Reserved DEIVONSTRATIoN AND TRAINING
2. Typical contents and organization of all manuals, including explanatory information, system
nanatives, and product specific information.
3. Typical uses of the 0&M manuals.
F. Product- and System-Specific Training:
'1. Review the applicable O&M manuals.
2. For systems, provide an overview of system operation, design parameteB and constraints, and
operational strategies.
3. Review instructions for proper operation in all modes, including start-up, shut-down, seasonal
changeover and emergency procedures, and for maintenance, including preventative
maintenance.
4. Provide hands-on training on all operational modes possible and preventive maintenance.
5, Emphasize safe and proper operating requirements; discuss relevant health and safety issues
and emergency Procedures.
6. Discuss common troubleshooting problems and solutions
7. Discuss any peculiarities of equipment installation or operation.
8. Discuss wananties and guarantees, including procedures necessary to avoid voiding coverage.
9. Review recommended tools and spare parts inventory suggestions of manufacturers,
10. Review spare parts and tools required to be furnished by Contractor.
11.Review spare parts suppliers and sources and procurement procedures.
G. Be prepared to answer questions raised by training attendees; if unable to answer during training
session, provide written response within three days.
END OF SECTION
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1197 017900‐3copynght 2016 by KLUBER,INCl A∥R19hts Reserved
SECT10N 01 79 00
DEMONSTRAT10N AND TRAINING
SECTiON 02 41 00
DEMOL:T10N
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SECT10N:NCLUDES
A Selectve demo“tion of bu∥ding elements fOr alteration purposes
l.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A.Section 01 10 00‐Summary:LimlauOns On Contractors use Of ste and prem ses
B Seclon 01 5000‐TempOrary Fac∥ties and Controls:Prolecuve bar"ers and wasle removaL
C Seclon 01 7000‐Executton and Cbseout Reqttrements Proled condlbns and eガ sung
construclon lo remain
l.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A 29 CFR 1926-U S OccupauOnal safety and Heanh Standardsi current edlion
PART 2 PRODUCTS・ ‐NOT uSED
PART 3 EXECUT10N
3.01 SCOPE
A Remove ponions Of exlstlng bu∥ding suraces 10 accommodate new materials insta∥ation
B Remove otherilems indicated,for saivage,relocalon,and recyclng
3.02 GENERAL PROCEDURES AND PROJECT CONDIT10NS
A Comply wnh otherrequirements specined in seclion 01 70 00
B Comply with applicable codes and regulalons for demo∥uon OperaOons and safetyOfadiacent
structures and the public
1 0btain required permls
2 Provide,erect,and maintain temporary barriers and security devices
3. Use physical bar∥ers to prevent access lo areas that could be hazardous lo workers orthe
public
4 Conductoperalonsto mhimレ e ettcts on and hbttЮ nce面 th a"acent struduЮ s and
occupants
5 Conduct operaJons to minimlze obstruclion of publc and pnvale entrances and exits;do not
obstruct required exls at any lmei protect persons ujng entrances and extts from removal
operations
C I hazardous male“att are discovered dunng removal operations,stop work and noti″
A「chnecvEngineer and Owner;hazardous matettals include regulated asbeslos containing
mate面 als,lead,PCBIs,and mercury
D Pe“Drm demo∥tion in a mannerthat maximizes salvage and recyc∥ng of malenals
l Dismantle existing construct on and separate materials
PRO」ECT N0 18-172‐1197 024100‐1cOpynght 2016 by KLUBER,INC:A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 02 41 00
DEMOL T10N
2, Set aside reusable, recyclable, and salvageable materials; store and deliver to collection point
or point of reuse.
3.03 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ALTERATIONS
A, Drawings showing existing construction are based on casual field observation and existing record
documents only.
1. Verify that construction are as shown,
2. Report discrepancies to ArchitecUEngineer before disturbing existing installation,
3. Beginning of demolition work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions that would be
apparent upon examination prior to starting demolition.
B, Separate areas in which demolition is being conducted from other areas that are still occupied.
1. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary dustproof partitions of conshuction specified in Section
01 50 00.
C. Remove existing work as indicated and as required to accomplish new work.
1. Remove rotted wood, corroded metals, and deteriorated masonry and concrete; replace with
new construction specified,
2. Remove items indicated on drawings.
D. Services (lncluding but not limited to HVAC, Plumbing, Fire Protection, and Electrical): Remove
existing systems and equipment as indicated.
1. Maintain existing active systems that are to remain in operation; maintain access to equipment
and operational components.
2. Where existing active systems serve occupied facilities but are to be replaced with new
services, maintain existing systems in service until new systems are complete and ready for
service.
3. See Section 01 10 00 for other limitations on outages and required notifications.
4. Verify that abandoned services serve only abandoned facilities before removal.
5. Remove abandoned pipe, ducts, conduits, and equipment, including those above accessible
ceilings; remove back to source of supply where possible, otherwise cap stub and tag with
identification.
E. Protect existing work to remain.
1. Prevent movement of structure; provide shoring and bracing if necessary.
2. Perform cutting to accomplish removals neatly and as specifled for cutting new work.
3. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during removal work.
4. Patch as specified for patching new work,
3.04 DEBRIS AND WASTE REMOVAL
A. Remove debris, junk, and trash from site.
B. Leave site in clean condition, ready for subsequent work.
C. Clean up spillage and wind-blown debris from public and private lands.
END OF SECTION
PRO」ECT NO.18‐172‐1197 024100‐2cOpynght2016 by KLUBER,INC.;A∥Rlghts ReseⅣed
SECT10N 02 41 00
DEMOLIT10N
SECTiON 07 84 00
FIRESTOPPiNG
PART l GENERAL
l.01 SECT!ON:NCLUDES
A Firestopping male面 als
B Firestopping of a∥penetrauons Ofand iointS in lre rated assemb∥es,whetherindicated on
drawings or not,and other openings indicated.
C Smoke‐゛opph9 of di penetratbns ofandlomts h smOke pan面 ons,whether hdtated on
draw ngs or not,and other openings lndicated.
1.02 RELATED REQU:REMENTS
A Secuon o9 21 16-Gypsum Board Assemb∥es: Gypsum wa∥board lreproonng
l.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A ASTM E814‐Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through‐Penetralon Fire Stopsi 2013a
B FM 4991‐Approval Standard for Firestop Contractorsi 2013
C UL(FRD)‐Fire ReЫ stance Direcloryi current edmon
l.04 DEFINIT10NS
A.AssemblyI Paticular arrangement of mate"als specinc tO g市 en type of construction desc面 bed or
detaned in referenced documents.
B BarnersI Time raled ire walls,smoke barner wa∥s,lme raled ce∥nglnoor assemb∥es and
slructura1 loors
C.Firestopping:Methods and malenals app∥ed in penetralons and unprolecled openings to∥ml
spread of heat,lre gasses and smoke
D Penetration1 0pening Or foreign material passing through orinto barrier or structura1 loor such that
fu∥thickness of rated materials is not obtained
E 」oint lnlerruplon to a nre_rated assembly occurr ng atinterace belween l)adiacent Seclons of
Wa∥,勾 hね Sedng wtts,鋤 bp Of Wa∥and cenng,ゞ rudum1loo「∝Юof deck,o Wa∥and edge
oF structura1 loor,5)adiaCent sections ofstructura1 loo「
F System:Specinc prOducts and app∥calons,classlied and numbered by Undewriters
Laboratones,lnc to close specnc bar面 er penetra∥ons and lointS.
G Sleevel Metalfab「ication or pipe section exlending through thickness of barrier and used to
permanently guard penetration Sieeves are described as part of penetrating system in other
sections and may or may not be required
l.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPT:ON
A Design Requirementsi
PRO」ECT N0 48‐172‐1197 078400‐1cOpynght 2016 by KLUBER,INC:A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 07 84 00
FIRESTOPPING
1. Fire+ated construction: Maintain barrier and structural floor fire resistance ratings including
resistance to cold smoke at all penetrations, connections with other surfaces or types of
construction, at separations required to permit building movement and sound or vibration
absorption, and at other construction gaps.
2. Smoke banier construction: Maintain banier and structural floor resistance to cold smoke at all
penetrations, connections with other surfaces and types of construction and at all separations
required to permit building movement and sound or vibration absorption, and at other
construction gaps.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Adminishative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Schedule of Firestopping: List each type of penetration, lire rating of the penetrated assembly,
and firestopping test or design number.
'1. Provide manufacture/s qualified engineering .judgements for non-standard applicaitons.
C. Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics, performance ratings, and limitations.
D. Manufacture/s lnstallation lnstructions: lndicate preparation and installation instructions.
E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements.
1.07 QUALITYASSURANCE
A. Fire Testing: Provide firestopping assemblies of designs that provide the scheduled fire ratings
when tested in accordance with methods indicated.
1. Listing in the current-year classillcation or certiflcation books of UL will be considered as
constituting an acceptable test report.
2. Submission of actual test reports is required for assemblies for which none of the above
substantiation exists.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this
section with minimum three years documented experience.
C. lnstaller Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section and:
1. Approved by Factory Mutual Research under FM Standard 4991, Approval of Firestop
Conkactors .
2. With minimum 3 years documented experience installing work of this type'
3. Able to show at least 5 satisfactorily completed projects of comparable size and type.
4. Licensed by authority having jurisdiction.
5. Approved by firestopping manufacturer.
1.08 MOCK-UP
A. lnstall one firestopping assembly representative of each fire rating design required on project.
1. Where one design may be used for different penetrating items or in different wall constructions,
install one assembly for each different combination.
B. Obtain approval of authority having jurisdiction before proceeding.
C. lf accepted, mock-up will represent minimum standard for the Work.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 078400‐2Copyttght 2016 by KLUBER,lNC:A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 07 84 00
FIRESTOPPING
D if accepled,mock‐up may「emain as pan ofthe work Remove and replace mock‐ups not
accepled
l.09 DEL:VERY,STORAGE AND HANDL!NG
A.De∥ver products in onginal,unopened packaging wlth legible manufacturers identnca10n
B Coordinate de∥very wtth scheduled insta∥alon date to minimize sto「age lme at stte
C Store mate∥ats n a clean,dry,venulated localon Protecl mate∥als from freezing r required by
manufacturer
l.10 FlELD COND:T10NS
A.Comply wnh lreslopping manufacturers recOmmendauOns fOrtemperature and condmons dunng
and alerinsta∥auOn Maintain minimum lemperature before,du百 ng,and for 3 days aler
insta∥aOon of malenaに
B Provide ven」lajon in areas where solvent‐cured malenals are being installed
PART 2 PRODuCTS
2.01 FIRESTOPP:NC ASSEMBLiES
A Fireslopping:Any matettal meelng requiremenls
l Fire RatingsI Use any system∥sted by UL ortested in accordance面 th ASTM E 814that has F
Ralng equalto lre raung of penetrated assembly and T Ralng Equa1lo F Ralng and that
meets a∥other specined requirements
2.02 MATER:ALS
A Accepatable Manufacturers:As∥sled in UL(FRD)forspecnc uL DeЫ gn Number
B F∥,Vold or Cavily Malenalsl cOnform lo UL(FRD)‐XHHW,
C.Fireslop Devicesi Conforn to UL(FRD)―XH」|D.Fo「ming Male面 alsi Conform lo UL(FRD)―XHKU.
E.Mechanical」oint Assembliesi Conform to UL(FRD)‐XHLP
F Pacttng Mate面 al:As requred by specnc uL Design Numberforioint system or
through‐penetralon lrestop system
C Pttmers,Sleeves,Fo「ms,lnsulauon,Packing,Stufrng,and Accessones:Type required fortested
assembly design
PART 3 EXECUT:ON
3.01 EXAMINAT10N
A Ven″openings are ready to receive the wo「k ofthも section
l venfy barieriointS and penetralons are propeny sized and in sulable condmon for app∥calon
of mate"als
PRO」ECT N0 18-172‐1197 078400‐3copyngh1 2016 by KLUBER,INCl A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 07 84 00
FIRESTOPPING
3.02 PREPARAT10N
A Clean substrate suraces Of din,dust,grease,o∥,loose matenal or Other materthat could
adversely attct bond ofttrestopp ng malenal
B Removeincompalble male"als that could adversely arect bOnd
3.03 1NSTALLAT10N
A,insta∥matenals ln manner descnbed in UL(FRD)or lre testrepon and in accordance w th
lnanufacturers inst口 」ctions,completely closing Openings
B Do notcove「installed lrestopping unllinspecled by autho∥ty having iu∥SdlCJon
C lnsta∥labe∥ing required by code.
3.04 CLEAN:NG AND PROTECT:ON
AP「olect a"aCent suraces fЮ m damage by matend hstdb10n
B. Patch or replace lrestopping damaged by work of other sections
END OF SECT10N
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 078400‐4cOpynght2016 by KLUBER INCI A∥R ghts ReseⅣed
SECT10N 07 84 00
FIRESTOPPING
SECT10N 07 90 05
」OINT SEALERS
PART l GENERAL
l.01 SECT!ON:NCLUDES
A Expansion ioint sealers
l,02 RELATED REQUiREMENTS
A Seclion 07 84 00-Firestoppingi Firestopping sealants
B Seclon 09 21 16‐Gypsum Board Assemb∥esI Acousuc sealant
l.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A ASTM C920-Standard Specincat10n fOr Elastomenc」Oint sealanls;2014
B ASTM Cl193-Standard Guide for Use of」oint Sealants;2013.
C SCAQMDl168‐South Coast Air Quanty Management Distncl Rule No l168;current edllon
l.04 ADMiN:STRATIVE REQUiREMENTS
A.Coordlnate the work wth other seclions referencing this seCliOn
l.05 SUBMiTTALS
A See Seclon 01 30 00‐Administralve Requirements,for submital procedures.
B Product DataI Provide data indicating sealant chennical characteristics.
C Sampiesi Submit one samples,2 inch in size∥lustratlng sealant colors for selection
D Manufaclurers lnsta∥alon lnstruclons: indicate special procedures.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A Manufacturer Qualnca10nsi company specia∥zing in manufactu"ng the Products specned in thも
secOon面 th minimum 5 years expenence.
3.App∥cator Qua11lcattons: Company specializing in perorming the work ofthis sec∥on wth
minimum three years documented expe面 ence and approved by manufacturer
l.07 FiELD CONDIT10NS
A.Maintain lempe「ature and humdly recommended by the sealant manufacturer du"ng and ater
insta∥ation
l.08 WARRANTY
A See SecOon 01 78 00‐Closeout Submillals,for add忙 ional warranty requ rements.
B Correct defecuve wOrk within a nve year period ater Date of Substan∥al Compleuon
C Warranty: lnclude coverage forinsta∥ed sealanls and accessores which fan tO achieve ainight
seat eXhibitloss Of adheslon or cohesion,or do not cure
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1197 079005-1
Copy∥ght2016 by KLUBER,INC:A∥Ri9hts Reserved
SECT10N 07 90 05
」01NT SEALERS
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 JOINT SEALANTS
A. Sealants and Primers - General: Provide only products having lower volatile organic compound
(VOC) content than required by South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule N0.1168.
B, TypeS-1 -AcrylicSealant: ASTMC920,GradeNS,Classl2-112,UsesNT,M,A,0; single
component, solvent curing, non-staining, non-bleeding, non-sagging.
'1. Color: Match adjacent finished surfaces.
2. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 12-112 percenl.
C. Type S-3 - Nonsag Polyurethane Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses NT, I, M, A, G,
O; single component, chemical curing, non-staining, non bleeding, non-sagging type.
1. Color: Match adjacent finished surfaces.
2. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 25 percent.
D. Type 54 - Self-Leveling Polyurethane Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade P, Class 25 minimum; Uses
T, l, M, A, 0; single component, chemical curing, non staining, non bleeding, capable of
continuous water immersion, self-leveling type.
1. Color: Gray.
2. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 25 percent.
3. Service Temperature Range: 40 to 180 degrees F.
4. Shore A Hardness Range: 20 to 35.
E. Type S-5 - Self-leveling or Non-sag Silicone Sealant: ASTM D5893, Type S, Grade NS or P,
Class 100/50 minimum; Uses T, A, G, M, O; single component, neutral curing, non-bleeding.
1. Color: To be selected by ArchitecUEngineer from manufacture/s standard range
2. Movement Capability: Plus 100 percent, minus 50 percent.
F. Type 3-6 - Silicone Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade NS, Class 25 minimum; Uses NT, A, G, M, O;
single component, neutral curing, non-sagging, non-staining, fungus resistant, non-bleeding
'1 . Color: Clear.
2. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 25 percent.
G. Type S-7 - Nonsag Silyl-terminated Polyether Sealant ASTM C920, Grade NS, Class 25
minimum, Uses NT, A, G, M, O; single component, non-sagging, non'staining, non-bleeding'
1. Cure Type: Neutral,
2. Color: Match adjacent finished surfaces.
3. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 50 percent.
2,02 ACCESSORIES
A. Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application.
B. Joint Cleaner: Non-conosive and non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer;
compatible with joint forming materials.
C. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 079005‐2cOpynght 2016 by KLUBER,INCI A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 07 90 05
」01NT SEALERS
PART 3 EXECUT10N
3.01 EXAMiNAT:ON
A,Ven″that substrate suぬ ces are ready b recdve wok
B Ve"″thatiOint backing and release tapes are compauble面 th sealant
3.02 PREPARAT10N
A Removeloose maletta:s and foreign materthat could impair adhesion of sealant
B.Clean and pnme 101nls in accordance面 th manufacturers instrucJons
C.Pe“)rm preparalon in accordance wnh manufacturers instruclons and ASTM Cl193
D Protecl elements surounding the wo「k ofthis section from damage o「disngurement
3.03 iNSTALLAT:ON
A.Perorm wOrkin accordance面 th sealant manufacturers requirements for preparalon of suraces
and mater alinsla∥ation instruclions
B Perbrm insta∥alonin accordance with ASTM Cl193.
C Measureloint dimensions and Ыze10 nt backers lo achieve widthlo‐depth ralo,neck dimension,
and surace bOnd area as recommended by manufacturer,except where specinc dimensions are
indicaled.
D.hstJl bond breakerwhereldnt bacttngも not used
E lnsta∥sealant free of ar pockets,foreign embedded mater,ndges,and sags
F.Apply sealant within recommended app∥cation temperature ranges Consun manufacturer when
sealant cannot be app∥ed面 thin these lemperature ranges
G.Tod lohts concave
3.04 CLEANING
A.Clean adiaCent soiled suraces.
3.05 PROTECT10N
A Protect sealants unt∥cured
3.06 SCHEDULE
A Control and Expansion」oints in Paving: Type S4
B Control,Expansion,and Sol」oints in Masonry,and Between Masonry and Adiacent WOrk:Type
S‐3,S‐5 or S-7
C lnlenor」oints for Which No Other Sealantis lndicaledI Type S‐ll.
D Controi and Expansion」oints in intenor Concrete Slabs and Floors: Type S‐4PRO」ECT N0 18-172‐1197 079005‐3Copy∥ght2016 by KLUBER,lNCI A∥Ri9hts Reserved
SECT10N 07 90 05
001NT SEALERS
E. Joints Between Plumbing Fixtures and Walls and Floors, and Between Countertops and Walls:
Type 5-6.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 079005‐4Copylght2016 by KLUBER INC I A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 07 90 05
」01NT SEALERS
SECT10N 08 31 00
ACCESS D00RS AND PANELS
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SECT10N:NCLUDES
A Wa∥access door and frame unls.
B Schedule of addniOnal doors to be provided beyond those shown on the Drawngs
l.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A Seclion 09 21 16‐Gypsum Board Assemb∥es: Openingsin panlions and drywa∥ce∥ngs
B secuOn o9 90 00-Painlng and Coaung: Field paint nnish.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A.See Seclon 01 30 00‐AdministraJve Requirements,for submital procedures
B Product Data: Provide sizes,types,lnishes,hardware,scheduled locations,and deta∥s of
a"dnh9 WO蔵
C Shop Drawings: indicate exact position of a∥access door units
D Manufacturers lnsla∥alon lnstruclons:lndicate installalon requirements
E.Prolecl Record Documents: Record actuailoca∥ons of a∥access unts
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCESS D00R AND PANEL APPL:CAT:ONS
A VValls,Unless OtheⅣ輌se lndicaled:
1. Malettal Sleel
a Wa∥sin Wet Areasi Steet hOt‐dipped zinc or zinc‐aiunn num‐a∥oy coaled
2 Sizel 16 x 16inches,unless othenvise indicaled
3 Standard duty,hinged door.
4 Tool―operaled spring or cam lock:no handle
5 in Gypsum Board:Dヮ vva∥bead frame輛 th door surace lush with wa∥surace
6 1n Masonry:Surace mOunled frame with door surace¶ush wlh frame surace
2.02 WALLAND CE!LING UNITS
A.Manufacturers:
l Access Panel Solulons,lncl ―accesspanelsolulons com
2 Acudor Producls inc: ―acudor com
3 Babcock‐DavisI ―babcockdavis com.
4 Cendrex,lnci ―cendrex com
5 Ka「p Associates,lncI ―ka「pinc com.
6 Milco「by Commercial Products Group of Han&c001ey,lnc:―m∥ooHnc com
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 083100‐1Copy∥9ht2016 by KLUBER,lNC IA∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 08 31 00
ACCESS D00RS AND PANELS
B. Access Doors: Factory fabricated door and frame units, fully assembled units with corner joints
welded, filled, and ground flush; square and without rack or warp; coordinate requirements with
assemblies units are to be installed in.
1 . Door Style: Single thickness with rolled or turned in edges,
2. Frames: 16 gage, 0.0598 inch, minimum.
3. Heavy Duty Frames: 149a9e,0.0747 inch, minimum.
4. Single Thickness Steel Door Panels: 0,070 inch, minimum.
5. Steel Finish: Primed.
6. Primed Finish: Polyester powder coat; manufacture/s standard color,
7. Hardware:
a. Hinges for Non-Fire-Rated Units: Concealed, constant force closure spring type.
b. Latch/Lock: Screw driver slot for quarter turn cam latch.
c. Gasketing: Extruded neoprene, around the perimeter of the door panel.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3,01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that rough openings are correctly sized and located.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. lnstall units in accordance with manufacturer's inshuctions.
B. lnstallframes plumb and level in openings. Secure rigidly in place.
C. Position units to provide convenient access to the concealed work requiring access,
END OF SECTION
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1197 083100‐2cOpynght 2016 by KLUBER,INCI A∥R ghls Reserved
SECT10N 08 31 00
ACCESS D00RS AND PANELS
SECTION 09 05 61
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This section applies to all floors identified in the contract documents as to receive the following
types of floor coverings:
1. Thin-set ceramic tile and stone tile.
B. Preparation of new and existing concrete floor slabs for installation of floor coverings.
C. Testing of concrete floor slabs for moisture and alkalinity (pH).
D. Remediation of concrete floor slabs due to unsatisfactory moisture or alkalinity (pH) conditions.
1. Contractor shall perform all specified remediation of concrete floor slabs, lf such remediation is
indicated by testing agency's report and is due to a condition not under Contracto/s control or
could not have been predicted by examination prior to entering into the contract, a contract
modification will be issued.
E. Patching compound.
F, Remedial floor coatings.
1,02 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C109/C109M - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement
Mortars (Using 2-in. or (50-mm) Cube Specimens); 2013.
B. ASTM C472 - Standard Test Methods for Physical Testing of Gypsum, Gypsum Plasters and
Gypsum Concrete; 1999 (Reapproved 2014).
C. ASTM F710 - Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring; 201 1,
D. ASTM F1869 - Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete
Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride; 201 1.
E. ASTM F2170 - Standard Test Method for Determining Relative Humidity in Concrete Floor Slabs
Using in situ Probes; 2011.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Floor Covering and Adhesive Manufacturers' Product Literature: For each specific combination of
substrate, floor covering, and adhesive to be used; showing:
1, Moisture and alkalinity (pH) limits and test methods.
2. Manufacturer's required bond/compatibility test procedure.
B. Testing Agency's Report:
1. Description of areas tested; include floor plans and photographs if helpful.
2. Summary of conditions encountered,
3. Moisture and alkalinity (pH) test reports.
4, Copies of specified test methods,
5. Recommendations for remediation of unsatisfactory surfaces.
PRoJECT NO. 18-172-1'197 09 05 61 - 1 SECTION 09 05 61
Copyright 2016 by KLUBER, lNC.; All Rights Reserved COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION
6. Submit report to ArchitecUEngineer.
7. Submit report not more than two business days after conclusion of testing.
C. Adhesive Bond and Compatibility Test Report.
1.04 QUALITYASSURANCE
A. Moisture and alkalinity (pH) testing shall be performed by an independent testing agency
employed and paid by Contractor.
B. Testing Agency Qualifications: lndependent testing agency experienced in the types oftesting
specified.
1. Submit evidence of experience consisting of at least 3 test reports of the type required, with
project Owner's project contact information.
C. Contractor's Responsibility Relating to lndependent Agency Testing:
1 . Provide access for and cooperate with testing agency.
2. Confirm date of start of testing at least l0 days prior to actual start,
3. Allow at least 4 business days on site for testing agency activities.
4. Achieve and maintain specified ambient conditions.
5. Notify ArchitecUEngineer when specified ambient conditions have been achieved and when
testing will start.
1,05 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Maintain ambient temperature in spaces where concrete testing is being performed, and for at
least 48 hours prior to testing, at not less than 65 degrees F or more than 85 degrees F.
B. Maintain relative humidity in spaces where concrete testing is being performed, and for at least 48
hours prior to testing, at not less than 40 percent and not more than 60 percent.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A, Patching Compound: Floor covering manufacture/s recommended product, suitable for
conditions, and compatible with adhesive and floor covering. ln the absence of any
recommendation from flooring manufacturer, provide a product with the following characteristics:
1. Cementitious moisture-, mildew-, and alkali-resistant compound, compatible with floor, floor
covering, and floor covering adhesive, and capable of being feathered to nothing at edges.
2. Compressive Shength: 3000 psi, minimum, after 28 days, when tested in accordance with
ASTM C'109/C109M or ASTM C472, whichever is appropriate.
B. Alternate Flooring Adhesive: Floor covering manufacture/s recommended product, suitable for
the moisture and pH conditions present; low-VOC. ln the absence of any recommendation from
flooring manufacturer, provide a product recommended by adhesive manufacturer as suitable for
substrate and floor covering and for conditions present.
C. Remedial Floor Coating: Single- or multi-layer coating or coating/overlay combination intended by
its manufacturer to resist water vapor transmission to degree sufficient to meet flooring
manufacture/s emission limits, resistant to the level of alkalinity (pH) found, and suitable for
adhesion of flooring without further treatment.
PROJECT NO. 18-172-1197 09 05 61 - 2 SECTION 09 05 61
Copyright 2016 by KLUBER, lNC.i All Rights Reserved COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPAMTION
1 . Thickness: As required for application and in accordance with manufacturer's installation
instruction.
2. lf testing agency recommends any particular products, use one of those.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3,01 CONCRETE SLAB PREPARATION
A. Perform following operations in the order indicated:
1. Preliminarycleaning.
2. Moisture vapor emission tests; 3 tests in the lirst '1000 square feet and one test in each
additional 1000 square feet, unless othenvise indicated or required by flooring manufacturer.
3. lnternal relative humidity tests; in same locations as moisture vapor emission tests, unless
otherwise indicated.
4. Alkalinity (pH) tests; in same locations as moisture vapor emission tests, unless otherwise
indicated.
5. Specified remediation, if required.
6. Patching, smoothing, and leveling, as required.
7. Other preparation specified,
8. Adhesive bond and compatibility test.
9. Protection.
B. Remediations:
1 , Active Water Leaks or Continuing Moisture Migration to Surface of Slab: Corect this condition
before doing any other remediation; re{est after correction.
2. Excessive Moisture Emission or Relative Humidity: lf an adhesive that is resistant to the level
of moisture present is available and acceptable to flooring manufacturer, use that adhesive for
installation of the flooring; if not, apply remedial floor coating over entire suspect floor area.
3. Excessive Alkalinity (pH): lf remedial floor coating is necessary to address excessive moisture,
no additional remediation is required; if not, if an adhesive that is resistant to the level present
is available and acceptable to the flooring manufacturer, use that adhesive for installation of the
flooring; otherwise, apply a skim coat of specified patching compound over entire suspect floor
area.
3.02 PRELIMINARYCLEANING
A. Clean floors of dust, solvents, paint, wax, oil, grease, asphalt, residual adhesive, adhesive
removers, filmJorming curing compounds, sealing compounds, alkaline salts, excessive laitance,
mold, mildew, and other materials that might prevent adhesive bond.
B. Do not use solvents or other chemicals for cleaning.
3.03 MOISTURE VAPOR EMISSION TESTING
A. Where the floor covering manufacture/s requirements conflict with either the referenced test
meth0d or this specification, comply with the manufactureds requirements.
B. Where this specification conflicts wilh the referenced test method, comply with the requirements of
this section.
C. Test in accordance with ASTM F1869 and as follows.
PRoJECT N0. 18-172-1197 09 05 61 - 3 SECTIoN 09 05 61
Copyright 2016 by KLUBER, lNC.; All Rights Reserved CO|VMON WORK RESUTTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION
D. Plastic sheet test and mat bond test may not be substituted for the specified ASTM test method,
as those methods do not quantify the moisture content sufficiently.
E. ln the event that test values exceed floor covering manufacture/s limits, perform remediation as
indicated. ln the absence of manufacturer limits, perform remediation if test values exceed 3
pounds per 1000 square feet per 24 hours.
F. Report: Report the information required by the test method,
3.04 INTERNAL RELATIVE HUMIDIW TESTING
A. Where the floor covering manufacturer's requlrements conflict with either the referenced test
method or this specification, comply with the manufacturer's requirements.
B. Where this specification conflicts with the referenced test method, comply with the requirements of
this section.
C. Test in accordance with ASTM F2170 Procedure A and as follows.
D. Testing with electrical impedance or resistance apparatus may not be substituted for the specified
ASTM test method, as the values determined are not comparable to the ASTM test values and do
not quantify the moisture content sufficiently.
E. ln the event that test values exceed floor covering manufacture/s limits, perform remediation as
indicated. ln the absence of manufacturer limits, perform remediation if any test value exceeds 75
percent relative humidity.
F. Report: Report the information required by the test method.
3.05 ALKALINITYTESTING
A. Where the floor covering manufacture/s requirements conflict with either the referenced test
method or this specification, comply with the manufacture/s requirements.
B. The following procedure is the equivalent of that described in ASTM F710, repeated here for the
Contractor's convenience.
C. Use a wide range alkalinity (pH)test paper, its associated chart, and distilled or deionized water.
D. Place several drops of water on a clean surface of concrete, forming a puddle approximately 1
inch in diameter. Allow the puddle to set for approximately 60 seconds, then dip the alkalinity (pH)
test paper into the water, remove it, and compare immediately to chart to determine alkalinity (pH)
reading.
E. ln the event that test values exceed floor covering manufacturels limits, perform remediation as
indicated. ln the absence of manufacturer limits, perform remediation if alkalinity (pH) test value is
over 10.
3.06 PREPARATION
A. See individualfloor covering section(s) for additional requirements.
B. Comply with recommendations of testing agency.
PROJECT N0. 18-172-1197 09 05 61 - 4 SECIoN 09 05 61
Copyright 2010 by KLUBER, lNC.; All Rights Reserved Col\,ll[,'loN WoRK RESULTS FoR FLOoRING PREPARATIoN
C Comp!y with requirements and recommendalons of loor covettng manufacturer
D.日 ∥and smooth suFace cracks,grooves,depressbns,controllohts and other non‐ moMng 10hts,
and otherirregularities Ⅷth patching compound
E Donotl∥expansion iointS,iSOlalon iointS,Or Other moving ioints
3.07 ADHESiVE BOND AND COMPATIB:LiTY TEST!NG
A Comply wth requirements and recommendalons ofloor covenng manufacturer
3.08 APPLICAT:ON OF REMED:AL FL00R COATING
A.Comply wnh requrements and recommenda∥ons of coalng manufacturer
3.09 PROTECT10N
A Cover prepared loors面 th bu∥ding paper o「other durable covenng
END OF SECT10N
PRO」ECT N0 18-172‐1197 090561‐ 5 SECT10N 09 05 61
Copyttght 2016 by KLUBER,INCI A∥R ghts Reserved COMMON VVORK RESULTS FOR FL00RING PREPARAT10N
sEcTtoN 09 21 16
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Acoustic insulation.
B. Gypsum wallboard.
C. Joint treatment and accessories.
1.02 REFERENCESTANDARDS
A. ANSI A108.'1 1-SystemDeleted - American National Standard for lnterior lnstallation of
Cementitious Backer Units; 2010 (Revised).
B. ANSI Al 18.g-SystemDeleted - American National Standard Specifications for Test Methods and
Specifications for Cementitious Backer Units; 1999 (Reaffirmed 2010).
C. ASTM C475IC475M - Standard Speciflcation for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing
Gypsum Board; 2015.
D. ASTM C557 - Standard Specification for Adhesives for Fastening Gypsum Wallboard to Wood
Framing; 2003 (Reapproved 2009).
E. ASTM C840 - Standard Specification forApplication and Finishing ofGypsum Board; 2013.
F. ASTM C1002 - Standard Specilication for Steel SeltPiercing Tapping Screws for Application of
Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs; 2014.
G. ASTM C'1047 - Standard Speciflcation for Accessories For Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum
Veneer Base; 2014a.
H. ASTM C1325 - Specification for Non-Asbestos Fiber-Mat Reinforced Cementitious Backer Units'
2014.
l. ASTM D3273 - Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of lnterior
Coatings in an Environmental Chamber; 2012.
J. GA-216 - Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; 2013.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 0'1 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Shop Drawings: lndicate special details associated with fireprooling and acoustic seals.
C. Product Data: Provide data on metal framing, gypsum board, accessories, and joint linishing
system.
D. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data on partition head to structure connectors, showing
compliance with requirements.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 092116‐1cOpynght 2016 by KLUBER,INC:A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 09 21 16
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBL ES
1.04 QUALITYASSURANCE
A. lnstaller Qualifications: Company specializing in performing gypsum board application and
finishing, with minimum 5 years of documented experience.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GYPSUMBOARDASSEMBLIES
A. Provide completed assemblies complying with ASTM C840 and GA-216.
1. See PART 3 for flnishing requiremenls.
2.02 BOARD MATERIALS
A. Backing Board For Wet Areas: One of the following products:
1. Application: Surfaces behind tile in all areas, including Shower Enclosures.
2. Mold Resistance: Score of 10, when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273.
3. ANSI CemenlBased Board: Non-gypsum-based;aggregated Po(land cement panels with
glass fiber mesh embedded in front and back surfaces complying with ANSI
Al 18.9-SystemDeleted or ASTM C1325.
a. Thickness: 1/2 inch.
b, Products:
'l) Custom Building Products: www.custombuildingproducts.com.
2) National Gypsum Company; PermaBase Cement Board: www.nationalgypsum.com.
3) USG Corporation: www.usg.com.
4) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.03 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED BOARD MATERIALS
A. Cementitious Backer Board: ANSI A118.9, aggregated portland cement panels with glassfiber
mesh embedded in front and back surfaces, 1/2 inch thick,
2.04 ACCESS0RTES
A. Acoustic Sealant: Non-hardening, non-skinning, for use in conjunction with gypsum board.
B. Finishing Accessories: ASTM C1047, galvanized steel or rolled zinc, unless othenruise indicated.
'1. Types: As detailed or required for finished appearance.
2. Special Shapes: ln addition to conventional cornerbead and controljoints, provide U-bead at
exposed panel edges.
3. Manufacturers - Finishing Accessories:
a. Same manufacturer as framing materials.
C. Joint Materials: ASTM C475 and as recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for project
conditions.
1. Tape: 2 inch wide, coated glass fiber tape for joints and corners, except as othemise indicated.
2. Ready-mixed vinyl-based joinl compound.
D. Screws for Attachment to Wood Members, and to Gypsum Board: ASTM C1002; self-piercing
tapping type; cadmium-plated for exterior locations.
E. Adhesive for Attachment to Wood: ASTM C557.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 092116‐2Copy∥ght2016 by KLUBER,lNCI A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 09 21 16
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that project conditions are appropriate for work of this section to commence.
3.02 ACOUSTICACCESSORIES INSTALLATION
A. Acoustic lnsulation: Place tightly within spaces, around cut openings, behind and around electrical
and mechanical items within partitions, and tight to items passing through partitions.
B. Acoustic Sealant: lnstall in accordance with manufacture/s instructions.
1. Place two beads continuously on substrate before installation of perimeter framing memben.
2. Place continuous bead at perimeter of each layer of gypsum board.
3. ln non-fire+ated construction, seal around all penetrations by conduit, pipe, ducts, rough-in
boxes, and other membrane penetrations of gypsum board.
3.03 BOARDINSTALLATION
A. Comply with ASTM C 840 and manufacturer's instructions. lnstall to minimize butt end joints,
especially in highly visible locations.
B. Single-Layer Non-Rated: lnstall gypsum board in most economical direction, with ends and edges
occurring over flrm bearing.
'1. Exception: Tapered edges to receive joint treatment at right angles to framing,
C. Fire-Rated Construction: lnstall gypsum board in strict compliance with requirements of assembly
listing.
D. Cementitious Backing Board: lnstall over steel framing members, in accordance with ANSI
A1 08.1'1 and manufacturer's instructions.
E. lnstallation on Metal Framing: Use screws for aftachment of gypsum board except face layer of
non+ated double-layer assemblies, which may be installed by means of adhesive lamination.
3.04 INSTALLATION OF TRIM AND ACCESSORIES
A. Control Joints: Place controljoints consistent with lines of building spaces and as indicated.
1 . Not more than 30 feet apart on walls and ceilings over 50 feet long.
B. Corner Beads: lnslall at external corners, using longest practical lengths.
C. Edge Trim: lnstall al locations where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials and as indicated.
3.05 JOINTTREATMENT
A. Finish gypsum board in accordance with levels defined in ASTM C840, as follows:
1. Level 4: Walls and ceilings to receive paint finish or wall coverings, unless otheruise indicated.
2. Level 3: Walls to receive tile llnish.
3. Level 1 : Wall areas above flnished ceilings not exposed to view, whether or not accessible in
the completed construction.
B. Tape, fill, and sand exposed.joints, edges, and corners to produce smooth surface ready to
receive finishes.
PRO」ECT N0 18 172‐1197 092116‐3Copy∥ght2016 by KLUBER,INC IA∥R ghts Reser.ed
SECT10N 09 21 16
GYPSUM 80ARD ASSEMBLIES
1.Feather coats ofioint cOmpound so that camberis maxlmum l′32 inch.
2. Taping,1∥lng and sanding is not requlred at base layer of double layer applications,
C.F∥l and inish iointS and comers ofcemen∥lous backing board as recommended by manufacturer.
3.06 TOLERANCES
A.Maximum Vanalon Of Finished Gypsum Board Surace frOm ttrue Flatness:1′8 inch in 10 feetin
any direclon.
END OF SECT:ON
PRO」ECT NO.18‐172‐1197 092116¨4Copy∥ght 2016 by KLUBER,INC iA∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 09 21 16
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
SECT:ON 09 30 00
TILING
PART l GENERAL
l.01 SECT:ON!NCLUDES
A T∥e for loor applica∥ons.
B T∥e for wa∥applications
C Cemenllous backer board as lle substrate.
D Ceramic accessomes
E Ceramictlm.
F Non―ceramic tttm
l.02 RELATED REQU!REMENTS
A Seclion 09 21 16‐Gypsum Board Assemb∥es: lnsta∥a∥on of∥le backer board.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A・ ANSI A108/Al18′ A1361-Amencan Nalonal Standard SpecincatiOns forthe lnsta∥ation of
Ce「amic Tile(Compendium)20131
B.ANSi A108 1a‐AmeHcan Nalonal Standard Specincat10ns forlnstallalon of Ceramic Tile in the
Wet‐Set Method,with Polland Cement Monar;2014
C ANS:A108.lb‐Amencan NaJonal Standard Specinca10ns forlnsta∥alon of Ceramic T∥e ona
Cured Pottland Cement Monar Seting Bed wnh Dry‐Set or Late炸 Ponland cement Mota馬 1999
(Reammed 2010)
D.ANSI A108 1c‐Specinca10ns for Contractors OpJon: lnsta∥atlon of Ceramic T∥e in the VVet‐Set
Method wth Ponland cement Mona「Or lnsta∥alon of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Ponland cement
Mottar Bed wnh Dry Set or Lalex‐Ponland cement 1999(Reammed 2010)
E ANSIA1084‐Amencan NaJonal Standard Specinca10ns forlnsla∥alon of Ceram c T∥e with
Organに AdheJves or Water Cttanabtt T∥e‐Semng Epoxy Adheslvei 2009(Reused)
F ANSiA108 5-Amencan Nalonal Standard SpecincauOns fOrinsta∥alon of Ceramic Tile wth
Dry set Po威 land Cement Morta「o「Latex‐Ponland cement Monal 1999(Reafrrmed 2010).
G.ANSI A108 6‐Ame"can NaJonal Standard Specinca10ns forlnsta∥a∥on of Ceramic T∥e with
Chemical Resistant,Water Cleanable T∥e‐Seting and―Groulng EpOxy;1999(Reafrrmed 2010).
H.ANSi A108 8‐AmeHcan Nalonal Standard Specinca10ns forinstallalon of Ceramic Tile wlth
Chemtal Resも tant Furan Resin Mottar and Grout 1999(Reafrrrned 2010)
|・ ANSI A108 9‐Ame"can NaJonal Standard Specinca10ns forlnsta∥auon of ceramic T∥e with
MOdined Epoxy Emulsion MonarlGrout 1999(Reafrrmed 2010)
」. ANSI A108 10‐Amettcan Nalonal Standard SpecincauOns fOrlnstalla∥on of Groutin Tilewo「ki
1999(Reafrrmed 2010)
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 093000‐1cOpynght 2016 by KLUBER,INC IA∥R9hts ReseⅣed
SECT10N 09 30 00
TILING
K. ANSI A108.1 1 - American National Standard Specifications for lnterior lnstallation of Cementitious
Backer Units; 2010 (Reaffirmed 2016).
L. ANSI A108.11-SystemDeleted - American National Standard for lnterior lnstallation of
Cementitious Backer Units; 20'10 (Revised).
M. ANSI A108.12 - American National Standard for lnstallation of Ceramic Tile with EGP (Exterior
Glue Plywood) Latex-Portland Cement Mortar; 1999 (Reaffirmed 20'10).
N. ANSI A108.'13 - American National Standard for lnstallation of Load Bearing, Bonded, Waterproof
Membranes for Thin-Set Ceramic Tile and Dimension Stone; 2005 (Reaffirmed 2010).
0. ANSI A1'18.3 - American National Standard Specifications for Chemical Resistant, Water
Cleanable Tile-Sefting and -Grouting Epoxy and Water Cleanable Tile-Sefting Epoxy Adhesive;
2013 (Revised).
P. ANSI A118.4 - American National Standard Specifications for Modified Dry-Set Cement Mortar;
2012 (Revised).
Q. ANSI A1 18.7 - American National Standard Speciflcations for High Performance Cement Grouts
for Tile lnstallation; 2010 (Revised).
R. ANSI A1 18.9 - American National Standard Specifications for Test Methods and Specifications for
Cementitious Backer Units; '1999 (Reaffirmed 2016).
S. ANSI A118.12 - American National Standard Specifications for Crack lsolation Membranes for
Thin-set Ceramic Tile and Dimension Stone lnstallatiou 2014.
T. ANSI A137.1 - American National Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile; 2013.1.
U. ASTM F710 - Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring; 2011.
V. ASTM F1869 - Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete
Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride; 20'l 1.
W. TCNA (HB) - Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile lnstallation; 2015.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVEREQUIREMENTS
A. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene a preinstallation meeting one week before starting work of this
section; require attendance by all affected installers.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submiftal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturers' data sheets on tile, mortar, grout, and accessories. lnclude
instructions for using grouts and adhesives.
C. Shop Drawings: lndicate tile layout, patterns, color arrangement, perimeter conditions, junclions
with dissimilar materials, control and expansion joints, thresholds, ceramic accessories, and setting
details.
D, Samples for Selection: Manufacture/s color line sample boards/books.
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1197 093000‐2cOpynght 2016 by KLUBER,lNC IA∥R ghls Reserved
SECT10N 09 30 00
TILING
E. Samples for Verillcation: Mount selected tile and apply grout on two plywood panels, minimum 18
x 18 inches in size illustrating pattern, color variations, and grout joint size variations.
F. Manufacture/s Certiflcate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements.
G. Maintenance Data: lnclude recommended cleaning methods, cleaning materials, stain removal
methods, and polishes and waxes.
H. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project.
1. See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions.
2. Extra Tile: 10 square feet of each size, color, and surface finish combination.
1.06 QUALITYASSURANCE
A. Maintain one copy of andANSl A108/A118/A136.1 and TCNA (HB) on site.
B, Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the types of products
specified in this section, with minimum 5 years of documented experience.
C. lnstaller Qualifications: Company specializing in performing tile installation, with minimum of 5
years of documented experience.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect adhesives from freezing or overheating in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Do not install solvent-based products in an unventilated environment.
B. Maintain ambient and substrate temperature of 50 degrees F during installation of mortar
materials.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 T|LE
A. Manufacturers:
1. American 0lean Corporation: www.americanolean.com.
2. Substitutions: Not permitted.
B. Glazed WallTile : ANSI A'137.1; match existing.
C. Porcelain Floor Tile : ANSI A137.1; match existing floor tile.
2.02 TRIiJl AND ACCESSORIES
A. Ceramic Accessories: Glazed finish, same color and finish as adjacent field tile; same
manufacturer as tile.
B. Non-Ceramic Trim: Satin natural anodized extruded aluminum, style and dimensions to suit
application, for setting using tile mortar or adhesive.
1. Applications: Use in the following locations:
a. Open edges of floor tile.
2. Manufacturer:
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1197 093000‐3Copylght 2016 by KLUBER,INCt A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 09 30 00
T LING
a. Schluter-Systems: www.schluter,com - Radius Profiles.
b. Genesis APS lnternational: www,genesis-aps.com - Radius Profiles.
c. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.03 SETTING MATERIALS
A. Provide setting materials made by the same manufacturer as grout.
B. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar Bond Coat: ANSI A1'18.4.
'1. Application(s): Use this type of bond coat where indicated and where no other type of bond
coat is indicated.
2.04 ADHESIVEMATERIALS
A. Manufaclurers:
1. Bostik lnc: www.bostik-us.com.
2. Mapei Corporation: www.mapei.com.
3. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2.05 MORTAR MATERIALS
A. ManufactureE:
1. Bostik lnc: www.bostik-us.com.
2. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Mortar Bond Coat Materials:
2.06 GROUTS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Bostik lnc: www.bostik-us.com.
2. Substitutions: Not permitted.
B. Polymer Modified Grout: ANSI A1 18.7 polymer modified cement grout.
1 . Applications: Use this type of grout for wall tile applications.
2, Use sanded grout forjoints 1/8 inch wide and larger; use unsanded grout for joints less than
1/8 inch wide.
3. Colo(s): Match existing.
C. Epoxy Grout: ANSI A118.3chemical resistant and water-cleanable epoxy grout.
1 . Applications: Use this type of grout for floor tile and wall base applications.
2. Colo(s): Match existing.
2.07 ACCESSORYMATERIALS
A. Underlayment Membrane at Shower Floors: Specifically designed for bonding to thin-set setting
mo(ar; not primarily a waterproofing material and having the following characteristics:
1. Crack Resistance: No failure at'l/'16 inchgap, minimum; complywith ANSI 4118.12.
2. Uncoupling Function: Allow for separation between membrane and the mortar adhering tile to
the membrane when subjected to excessive substrate movement.
3, Suitable for installation over green concrele.
4. Do Not Use: Gypsum or cementitious based self-leveling underlayment.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐1721197 093000‐4Copy百 ght2016 by KLUBER,INCl A∥R19hts Reserved
SECT10N 09 30 00
T LING
B. Backer Board: Cementitious type complying with ANSI A'l 18.9; high density, glass fiber
reinforced, 1/2 inch thick; 2 inch wide coated glass fiber tape forjoinls and corners.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that sub-floor surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of
work and are ready to receive tile.
B. Verify that wall surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work,
are dust-free, and are ready to receive tile.
C. Verify that sub-floor surfaces are dust-free and free of substances that could impair bonding of
setting materials to sub-floor surfaces,
D. Verify that concrete sub-floor surfaces are ready for tile installation by testing for moisture emission
rate and alkalinity; obtain instructions if test results are not within the following limits:
1. Moisture Emission Rate: Not greater than 3lb per 1000 sq ft per24 hours, testin accordance
with ASTM F1869.
2. Alkalinity (pH): Verify pH range of 5 to 9, test in accordance with ASTM F710.
E. Verify that required floor-mounted utilities are in correct location.
3.02 PREPAMTION
A. Prolect sunounding work from damage.
B. Vacuum clean surfaces and damp clean.
C. Seal substrate surface cracks with filler. Level existing substrate surfaces to acceptable flatness
tolerances.
D. lnstall backer board in accordance with ANSI A108.1 1 and board manufacture/s instructions.
Tape joints and corners, cover with skim coat of setting material to a feather edge.
3.03 INSTALLATION.GENERAL
A. lnstalltile and grout in accordance with applicable requirements of ANSI A108.1a thru A108.13,
manufacture/s instructions, and TCNA (HB) recommendations.
B. Lay tile to pattern indicated. Do not intenupt tile pattern through openings.
C. Cut and fit tile to penetrations through tile, leaving sealant joint space. Form corners and bases
neatly. Align floor joints.
D. Place tile joints uniform in width, subject to variance in tolerance allowed in tile size. Make grout
joints without voids, cracks, excess mortar or excess grout, or too little grout.
E. Form internal angles square and external angles bullnosed.
F. lnstall non-ceramic trim in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
G. Sound tile after setting. Replace hollow sounding units.
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1197 093000‐5cOpyngh1 2016 by KLUBER,INCI A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 09 30 00
T LING
H.Keep cOntro!iointS free ofadhesive orgrout Apply sealantlo lo ntS.
l P"orto grouung,a∥Ow insta∥auon tO cOmpletely cure;minimum of 48 hours
」Grout u燈 ldntS USe standard 9rout unttss othemise mdtaled
K Apply sealantlo lunC10n oflle and dissim∥ ar malenals andiunC10n ofdlss m∥ar planes
3.04 :NSTALLAT:ON・ FL00RS‐TH:N・ SET METHODS
3.05 :NSTALLAT:ON・ SHOWER FL00RS AND WALLS
A.At lled shower loors insta∥n accordance Ⅵ
"th TCNA(HB)MethOd B415,monar bed loor,andVV244,thln‐set over cementitlous backer unit wa∥sB Grout loors wnh epoxy grOut as spec ned abOve.Grout walls wtth pOlymer modned grOut as
speclned abOve
3.06 CLEAN:NG
A. Clean ule and grOut suraces
3.07 PROTECT!ON
A Do not permt trafrc Over nnished loor surface for 4 days ale「insta∥ation
END OF SECT:ON
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 093000‐6Copy百 ght2016 by KLUBER,INCI A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 09 30 00
T LING
sEcTtoN 09 90 00
PAINTING AND COATING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Surface preparation.
B. Field application of paints and other coatings.
C. Scope: Finish all interior and exterior surfaces exposed to view, unless fully factory-finished and
unless otheruise indicated, including the following:
1. Mechanical and Electrical:
a. ln all areas, paint all insulated and exposed pipes, conduit, boxes, insulated and exposed
ducts, hangeE, brackets, collars and supports, mechanical equipment, and electrical
equipment, unless othenruise indicated.
b. ln finished areas, paint shop-primed items.
c. Paint interior surfaces of air ducts that are visible through grilles and louvers with one coat
of flat black paint to visible surfaces.
D. Do Not Paint or Finish the Following ltems:
1. ltems fully factory-finished unless specifically so indicated; materials and products having
factory-applied primers are not considered factory finished.
2. ltems indicated to receive other finishes.
3. ltems indicated to remain unlinished.
4. Fire rating labels, equipment serial number and capacity labels, and operating parts of
equipment.
5. Floors, unless specilically so indicated.
6. Ceramic and other tiles.
7. Glass.
8. Acoustical malerials, unless specifically so indicated.
9. Concealed pipes, ducts, and conduits.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. Conform to ASTM D16 for interpretation of terms used in this section.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D - National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural
Coatings; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; cunent edition.
B. ASTM Dl6 - Standard Terminology for Paint, Related Coatings, Materials, and Applications; 2014.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide complete list of all products to be used, with the following information for
each:
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 099000‐1Copy∥ght2016 by KLUBER,INCI A∥Rights Reseryed
SECT10N 09 90 00
PAINTING AND COATING
1. Manufacturer's name, product name and/or catalog number, and general product category (e.9.
"alkyd enamel").
2. MPI product number (e.9. MPI#47).
3. Cross+eference to specified paint system(s) product is to be used in; include description of
each system.
4. Manufacture/s installation instructions.
C. Samples For Verification: Submit three painled samples, illustrating selected colors and textures
for each color and system selected with specified coats cascaded. Submit on cardstock sheet, 8%
x 11 inch in size.
1 . ldentify each sample by:
a. Manufacturer, product name and product lD number.
b. Color name and number.
c. Sheen/gloss level.
d. Supplier/distributor.
e. Contact name and telephone number.
D. Certification: By manufacturer that all paints and coatings comply with VOC limits specified.
E. Manufacture/s lnstructions: lndicate special surface preparation procedures.
F. Maintenance Data: Submit data on cleaning, touch-up, and repair of painted and coated surfaces.
,I.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single Source Responsibility: Provide primer, undercoater and finish coat for paint and other
coating products from a single manufacturer for consideration of wananty and owner
maintenance.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified, with
minimum three years documented experience.
C. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified with
minimum 5 years documented experience and approved by manufacturer.
D. Conform to federal, state and local regulations, including VOC rules, at the time of application.
E. Equipment: Comply with current OSHA regulations.
F. Producls: Maintain at Project Site a copy of Material Safety Data Sheets for each product used.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability.
B. Container Label: lnclude manufacture/s name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand
code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and
instructions for mixing and reducing.
C. Paint Materials: Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90
degrees F, in ventilated area, and as required by manufactureds instructions.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 099000‐2Copy∥9h12016 by KLUBER,INCt A∥Rり hヽ ReseⅣed
SECT10N 09 90 00
PAINTING AND COATING
1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature
ranges required by the paint product manufacturer.
B. Follow manufacturels recommended procedures for producing best results, including testing of
substrates, moisture in substrates, and humidity and temperature limitations.
C. Do not apply exterior coatings during rain or snow, or when relative humidity is outside the
humidity ranges required by the paint producl manufacturer,
D. Minimum Application Temperatures for Latex Paints: 45 degrees F for interiors; 50 degrees F for
exterior; unless required otherwise by manufacturels instructions.
E. Provide lighting level of 80 ft candles measured mid-height at substrate surface,
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Provide all paint and coating products used in any individual system from the same manufacturer;
no exceptions.
B. Paints:
1. Shenrjn-Williams Company: www.sherwin-williams.com.
C. Substitutions: Not permitted,
2.02 PAINTS AND COATINGS. GENERAL
A. Paints and Coatings: Ready mixed, unless intended to be a field-catalyzed coating.
1 . Provide paints and coatings of a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly
dispersed to a homogeneous coating, with good flow and brushing properties, and capable of
drying or curing free of streaks or sags.
2. Supply each coating material in quantity required to complete entire project's work from a single
production run.
3. Do not reduce, thin, or dilute coatings or add materials to coatings unless such procedure is
speciflcally described in manufacturer's product instructions.
B. Primers: As follows unless other pnmer is required or recommended by manufacturer of top coats;
where the manufacturer offers options on primers for a particular substrate, use primer categorized
as 'best' by the manufacturer.
1. Gypsum Board: lnterior lnstitutional Low Odor/VOC Primer Sealer; MPI #149.
C. Volatile 0rganic Compound (VOC) Content:
1. Provide coatings that comply with the mosl stringent requirements specified in the following:
a. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D-National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for
Architectural Coatings.
b. Architectural coatings VoC limits of the State in which the Project is located.
2, Determination of VOC Content: Testing and calculation in accordance with 40 CFR 59,
Subpart D (EPA Method 24), exclusive of colorants added to a tint base and water added at
project site; or other method acceptable to aulhorities having jurisdiction.
PRoJECT N0. 18-172-1197 09 90 00 - 3 sEcTloN 09 90 00
Copyright 2016 by KLUBER, lNC.;All Rights Reserved PAINTING AND COATING
D. Sheens: Provide the sheens specified; where sheen is not specified, sheen will be selected later
by ArchitecUEngineer from the manufacturer's full line.
E. Colors: As indicated on drawings
'1. Extend colors to surface edges; colors may change at any edge as directed by
ArchitecUEngineer.
2, ln all areas, finish pipes, ducts, conduit, and equipment the same color as the wall/ceiling they
are mounted on/under.
2.03 PAINTSYSTEMS.INTERIOR
A. All lnterior Surfaces lndicated to be Painted, Unless Otherwise lndicated: lncluding gypsum board
and shop primed steel.
1. Three top coats and one coat primer.
2. Top Coat(s): lnterior Latex; MPI #43, 44, 52,53,54, 114.
3. Flat: MPI gloss level 1; use this sheen for ceilings and other overhead surfaces.
4. Eggshell: MPI gloss level 3; use this sheen at locations shown on drawings.
5. Satin: MPI gloss level 4; use this sheen at locations shown on drawings.
6. Semi-Gloss: MPI gloss level 5; use this sheen as indicated on drawings.
7. Gloss: MPI gloss level 6; use this sheen as indicated on drawings.
8. Prime(s): As recommended by manufaclurer of top coats.
2.04 AGCESSORYMATERIALS
A. Accessory Materials: Provide all primers, sealers, cleaning agents, cleaning cloths, sanding
materials, and clean-up materials required to achieve the finishes specified whether speciflcally
indicated or not; commercial quality.
B, Patching Material: Latex filler.
C. Fastener Head Cover Material: Latex filler.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Do not begin application of coatings until substrates have been properly prepared.
B. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer.
C. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition
that may potentially affect proper application.
D. lf substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify ArchitecVEngineer of
unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding.
E. Test shop-applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials.
F. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes
unless moisture content of surfaces are below the following maximums:
1. Gypsum Wallboard: 12 percent.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 099000‐4cOpynght 2016 by KLUBER,INC iA∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 09 90 00
PAINTING AND COATING
3,02 PREPAMTION
A. Clean surfaces thoroughly and correct defects prior to coating application.
B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best
result for the substrate under the project conditions.
C. Remove or repair existing coatings that exhibit surface defects.
D. Remove or mask surface appurtenances, including elechical plates, hardware, light fixture trim,
escutcheons, and fittings, prior to preparing surfaces or llnishing.
E. Seal surfaces that might cause bleed through or staining of topcoat.
F. Remove mildew from impervious surfaces by scrubbing with solution of tetra-sodium phosphate
and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry.
G. Gypsum Board Surfaces to be Painted: Fill minor defects with filler compound. Spot prime
defects after repair.
H. Galvanized Surfaces to be Painted: Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with
solvent, Apply coat of etching primer.
l. Conoded Steel and lron Surfaces to be Painted: Prepare using at least SSPC-SP 2 (hand tool
cleaning) or SSPC-SP 3 (power tool cleaning) followed by SSPC-SP 1 (solvent cleaning).
J. Uncorroded Uncoated Steel and lron Surfaces to be Painted: Remove grease, mill scale, weld
splatter, dirt, and rust. Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by hand wire brushing
or sandblasting; clean by washing with solvent. Apply a treatment of phosphoric acid solution,
ensuring weld joints, bolts, and nuts are similarly cleaned. Prime paint entire surface; spot prime
after repairs,
K. Shop-Primed Steel Surfaces to be Finish Painted: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and
rust. Feather edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces wjth solvent.
Prime bare steel surfaces. Re-prime entire shop-primed item,
3.03 APPLICATION
A. Remove unfinished louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels on mechanical and electrical
components and paint separately.
B. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C, Where adjacent sealant is to be painted, do not apply finish coats until sealant is applied.
D. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. Allow applied coats to dry before next coat is
applied.
E. Apply each coat to uniform appearance.
F. Dark Colors and Deep Clear Colors: Regardless of number of coats specified, apply as many
coats as necessary for complete hide.
G. Sand wood and melal surfaces lightly between coats to achieve required flnish.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 o99o oO‐5Copy∥ght 2046 by KLUBER,INC IA∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 09 90 00
PAINTING AND COATING
H.Vacuum cttan suttces of bose pa面 cに s.Use tack cbth to Юmove dust and pa山 cに sル St p∥or to
applying next coat.
|. Reinstall elect面 cal cover plates,hardware,llght lxture tnm,escutcheons,and ltings removed
prior to lnishing・
3.04 CLEANING
A, Co∥ ect waste materialthat could constitute a lre hazard,place in closed rnetal containers,and
remove da∥y from site,
3.05 PROTECT10N
A.Protect inished coaungs un∥lcom口 e10n Of proieCt,
END OF SECT:ON
PRO」ECT NO.18‐172‐1197 099000‐6cOpynght2016 by KLUBER,INC.:A∥Rights ReseⅣed
SECT10N 09 90 00
PAINT!NG AND COATING
SECT:ON 10 28 00
TO!LET,BATH,AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SECT10NINCLUDES
A・ Accessones fOrtOilet rooms and showers
B Batery operated papertowel dispensers
C Grab bars
l.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A SecJon 09 30 00‐T∥ngi ceramic washroom accesso面 es
l.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A ASTM A1231A123M‐Standard Specnca10n for Zinc(Hot‐Dip Galvanized)COa∥ngs on iron and
Steel Products:2015
B ASTM A269′A269M‐Standard Specinca10n fOr Seamless and VVelded Austentic Stainless Stee!
Tubing for General SeⅣ ice;2015.
C ASTM A653/A653M‐Standard Specincalon fOr steel Sheet,Zinc‐Coated(Galvanized)Or
ZincJron Alloy_Coated(Ga:vannealed)bythe Hol‐Dip Processi 201 5
D ASTM A666‐Standard Specinca10n for Annealed or Cold―Worked Austenlic Stainless Steel
Sheet Stlp,Plate,and Flat Ba1 2015
E ASTM B456‐Standard Specinca10n for Electrodeposned COaJngs of Copper Plus Nickel Plus
Chromium and Nickel Plus Ch「omium;2011
F. ASTM C1036‐Standard Specinca10n for Flat Glass;2011
G ASTM C1048‐Standard Specinca10n for Heat‐ Strengthened and Fu∥y Tempered Flat Glass;
2012
1.04 ADMiNiSTRATIVE REQU:REMENTS
A Coordinate the work wth the placement ofinlernal wa∥reinforcement,ooncealed cemng suppons,
and reinforcement ofto∥et partilons to receive anchor allachments
l.05 SUBMiTTALS
A See Secuon 01 30 00‐Admin stralve Requirements,for submital procedures.
B Producl Data: Submit data on accesso「ies deSc面 bing slze,¶nish,details of function,and
atachment methods.
C Manufacturer's lnsla∥ation lnstruct onsI lndicate special procedures and conditions requiring
special attent on.
PRO」ECT N0 48‐172‐1197 102800‐1Copy19ht 2016 by KLUBER,INC IA∥R ghts ReseⅣed
SECT10N 10 28 00
TOILET,BATH,AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES
PART 2 PRODuCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A Products lsled on the Drawlngs are made by Amelcan Specia∥ties Corp:
―ameHcanspecia∥les com
B Other Acceptable Manufacturers:
l Bradley Corporationi―bradleycorp.com.
2. Bobnck vvashroom Equipment,inc.1 -.bobnck 00m
3.Substnu∥ onsi seclon 01 60 00‐ Product Requirements.
C A∥nemstO be made bythe same manufacturer
2.02 MATER:ALS
A Accesso"es‐General: Shop assembled,free of dents and scratches and packaged complele
with anchors and itings,steel ancho「plates,adapters,and anchor components forinsta∥ation
l GHnd weldediOints smooth.
2. FabHcate units made of metal sheet of seamless sheets,wtth nat suraces.
B. Keys: Provide 2 keys for each accessory to Owne「i master key a∥lockable accessories
C Stainless Steel Sheet ASTM A666,Type 304
D. Stainless Steel Tubing: ASTM A269,Type 304 or 316
E Galvanized Sheet SteeL Ho[dipped galvanized steel sheet,ASTM A653/A653M,with G90/Z275
ooating.
F Miror Glass: Tempered safety glass,ASTM C1048iand ASTM C1036 Typel,Ciass l,Qualky
Q2,wnh s∥ve"ng as required.
G Adhesive: Two component epOxy type,walerproof
H Fasleners,Screws,and BoLs: Hot dip galvanized,tampe「proof,secu口 ty type.
I Expansion Shields:Fiber,lead,orrubber as recommended by accessory manufacturerfor
component and substrate
2.03 F!N:SHES
A Stalnless SteeL No 4 saln b「ushed inish,unless othenvise noted
B Ch「ome/Nickel Platlng: ASTM B456,SC 2,saun inish,un!ess othenvise noled
C. Baked EnameL Pretreatto clean condition,apply one coat p∥mer and minimum two coats epoxy
baked enamel
D Galvan z ng forllems Otherthan Sheet Comply with ASTM A123/A123Mi galvanize ferrous meta:
and fastening devices.
E, Shop Pnmed Fer「ous Metals: Pretreat and clean,spray apply one coat primer and bake
F Back paint components where contactis made with bu∥ding inishes to prevent electrolysis
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1197 102800‐2cOpyngh1 2016 by KLUBER,INCI A∥R ghts Resert7ed
SECT10N 40 28 00
TOILET,BATH,AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES
PART 3 EXECUT:ON
3.01 EXAM!NAT10N
A.Venfy exisung cond面 Ons before sta威 lng work,
B,Ven″exact10Calon of accessones fOrlnstallalon。
C,Ve∥fy that neld measurements are as lndicated on drawings.
3.02 PREPARAT10N
A. Del市erlnsens and rough‐in frames to she for lmely installalon.
B.Provide templates and roughJn measurements as required。
3.03 1NSTALLAT10N
A.lnstall accessones in accOrdance wlh manufacturers'instruclons.
B. lnsta∥plumb and level,securely and rigldly anchored to substrate,
C,MounJng Heights:As required by accessibil∥y regula10ns,unless otherwise lndicated,
1. Grab Bars: As indlcated on the drawlngs.
D. Mounting Heights and Locations: As requlred by accesslb∥ity regulations and as lndlcated on
drawings.
3.04 PROTECT10N
A, Protect insta∥ed accessories fronl damage due to subsequent construction operations.
3,05 SCHEDULE
A.Referto drawings for schedule oftoilet accesso∥es.
END OF SECT10N
PROJECT NO.18‐172‐1197 1o2800‐3Copy∥ght2016 by KLUBER,INC.:A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 10 28 00
TOILET,BATH,AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES
SECT10N 21 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR F:RE SUPPRESSiON
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SECT10N:NCLUDES
A Pipe,ntings,sleeves,esculcheons,seals,and connections for sp∥nkler syslems
l.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A ASME B161‐Gray lron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fitingsi Classes 25,125,and 2501 2010
B ASME B163‐Ma∥eable lron Threaded Fitings:Classes 150 and 300i 2011.
C ASME B16.4-Gray lron Threaded Fillings:Classes 125 and 2501 2011
D ASME B16.5‐Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fitings NPS lノ 2 Through NPS 24 Metlcノ lnch Standard;
2013.
E.ASTM A471A47M―Standard Specincauon fOr Fermc Ma∥eable lron Caslngs;1999(Reapproved
2014)
F NFPA13-Standard forthe lnstallalon of Sp甫 nkler Systemsi 2016.
1.03 QUALITY ASSuRANCE
A Manufacturer Qualinca10nsi Company specia∥zing in manufactu∥ ng the Products specined in this
section wth m nimum three years documenled expe面 ence
l.04 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLiNG
A.De∥ver and store valves in shipp ng containers,wnh labe∥ng in place
B Provide temporary protective coating on casti「 on and steel valves
C.Provide temporary end caps and closures on piplng and ntings Maintain in place unllinstallation
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 F:RE PROTECT:ON SYSTEMS
A Spttnkler Systemsi Conform to NFPA 13.
B Welding Mate両 als and Proceduresi Conform to ASME BPVClX.
2.02 ABOVE GROUND P!PiNG
A Steel PlpeI Schedule 40,black
l Steel Filllngs: ASME B16.5,stee1 langes and nttings
2 Casllron Fitings:ASME B16 1,langes and langed itungs and ASME B16 4,threaded
llings.
3 Ma∥eable lron Fltings:ASME B16 3,threaded nllings and ASTM A47/A47M.
4 Mechanical Grooved Coup∥ngsI Ma∥eable iron housing clamps to engage and lock,ICl
shaped elastomeric sea∥ ng gasket,sleel bo!ts,nuls,and washe「s;galvanized for galvanized
plpe
PRO」ECT N0 18-172‐1197 210500‐l SECT10N 21 05 00
cOpyngh1 2016 by KLUBER,INCI A∥R ghts Reserved cOMMON VVORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESS10N
2.03 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 lo 1-112 inch: Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring.
B. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 inches and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe,
B. Remove scale and foreign material, from inside and outside, before assembly.
C, Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A, lnstall sprinkler system and service main piping, hangers, and supports in accordance with NFPA
13.
B. Route piping in orderly manner, plumb and parallelto building structure. Maintain gradient.
C. lnstall piping to conserve building space, to not interfere with use of space and other work,
D. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations.
E, lnstall piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected
equipment.
F. Pipe Hangers and Supports:
1, lnstall hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent
work.
2. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow.
3. Use hangers with 1-112 inch minimum vertical adjustment, Design hangers for pipe movement
without disengagement of supported pipe.
4, Support veftical piping at every other floor. Support riser piping independently of connected
horizontal piping.
5. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or
trapeze hangers,
G. Do not penetrate building structuralmembers unless indicated.
H. When installing more than one piping system material, ensure system components are compatible
and joined to ensure the integrity of the system. Provide necessary joining fittings, Ensure
flanges, union, and couplings for servicing are consistently provided.
END OF SECTION
PROJECT NO.18‐172‐1197 210500‐2 SECT:ON 21 05 00
cOpynght 2016 by KLUBER,lNC.:A∥Rights ReseⅣed COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESS10N
SECT10N 21 13 00
FIRE SUPPRESS10N SPRINKLERS
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SECT!ON:NCLUDES
A Wetpipe sp面 nkler system
B Syslem design,installalon,and cetinca10n.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A Sectlon 21 05 00‐COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESS10NI Pipe,ntings,and
valves.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A FM Approval Guidei Faclory Mutual GlobaL Curent edlion.
B NFPA13-Standard forthe lnsta∥alon of Sp面 nkler Systems;2016.
C UL(DIR)―On∥ne cenncatiOns Direcloryi current∥sungs at database uLcom
l.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A Conforln lo UL(DIR)requirements
B Manufacturer QualincaJOnsi Company specializing in manufactu∥ng the Producls specined in this
seclon wlh minimum three years documenled expe∥ence
C.lnstaller Qua∥lcauonsi cOmpany specia∥zing in pen)rming the work ofthis section with minimum
3 years experience approved by manufaclurer
D Equipment and Components:Provide products that bear UL(DIR)labe1 0r marking
l.05 DELIVERY,STORACE,AND HANDLING
A Store products in shipping containers and maintain in place unulinsta∥alon Provide temporary
inlet and outlet caps Maintain caps in place unt∥insta∥ation.
PART 2 PRODuCTS
2.01 SPRINKLER SYSTEM
A Sp面 nkler Syslem:Provide coverage for bu∥ding areas noted.
B.Storage Cabinet for Spare Sp百 nklers and TooisI SleeL IoCaJon as dlrecled by owner.
2.02 SPR!NKLERS
A Suspended Ce∥ing Type: Recessed pendanttype with matching push on escutcheon plate
l RespOnse Type:Quick
2 Coverage Typei Standard
3 Fin shi Chrome Pialed
4 Fusible Link Glass bulb type temperature rated for specinc area hazard
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1197 211300‐1Copyttght 2016 by KLUBER,INCI A∥R ghis Reser・ 7ed
SECT10N 21 13 00
FIRE SUPPRESS10N SPRINKLERS
2.03 STAINLESS STEEL FLEXIBLE DROPS
A ManufacturersI
l Aqua Flex
2 Victau∥c Company.
B. in∥eu of rigid pipe olも ets or return bends. Bralded type 304 stainless stee1 lexible tube with male
threaded pipe nipple for conneclion to branch∥ne piping,and a zinc plated steel reducer面 th a
lノ 21 or 3/4・ NPT female thead for connection to a sp∥nkler head The hoses sha∥be
factory‐pressure lested lo`100 psi
C Flexible drop sha∥atach to the ce∥ing gnd wnh Open gate bracket and can be lnsta∥ed ⅥJthout the
use of special too!s.
D The braided drop sha∥be l=M approved for sp面 n∥er services to 200 psi
PART 3 EXECUT:ON
3.01 1NSTALLAT10N
A. insta∥in accordance wlth referenced NFPA design and insta∥alon standard
B. lnsta∥equipmentin accordance wtth manufacturers instruclonS
C Place pipe runs to minimlze obstrucOon lo other work,
D Place piping in concealed spaces above lnished cel∥ngs.
3.02 :NTERFACE W:TH OTHER PRODuCTS
A.Ensure required devices are insta∥ed and connected as required to lre alarm system
3.03 SCHEDULES
A.System Hazard Areas:
1.omces Light Hazard
2 0ther Areasi ln accordance wnh NFPA 13
END OF SECT:ON
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172-1197 211300‐2Copyttght 2016 by KLUBER,INC IA∥R19hts Reserved
SECT10N 21 13 00
FIRE SUPPRESS10N SPRINKLERS
SECTION 22 05 53
:DENTIF:CAT10N FOR PLUMBINC PiPING AND EQUIPMENT
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SECTiONiNCLUDES
A Pipe markers.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A ASME A131‐Scheme forthe ldenllcaJon of Piping Systemsi The Ame」can Society of
Mechanical Engineersi 2007(ANSllASME A13.1).
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 :DENTIFiCAT10N APPLICAT!ONS
A Piping: Pipe markers
2.02 P:PE MARKERS
A Manufacturers:
1.KolЫ Πpe Marker Co
2. Seton ldentincatiOn Products
3.B百 merlndustnes
4 Craimarkldenllcauon Syslems.
B.Comply wnh ASME A13.1.
C.Plasuc Pipe Markersi Factory fab面 cated,leズ bie,sem卜面gid plastt,preformed lo lt around pipe
or pipe cove面 ngi minimum informaJon indicalng now direclion arrow and identincatiOn Ofluld
being conveyed
D Plaslc Tape Pipe MarkersI Fiexible,viny1 1lm tape with pressure sensl ve adhesive backing and
p面 nled markings,
PART 3 EXECUT!ON
3.01 PREPARAT:ON
A. Degrease and clean surfaces lo receive adhesive foridentincatiOn malerials
3.02 1NSTALLAT10N
A insta∥plaslc pipe markers in accordance wnh manufacturers instruclons
B insta∥plaslc tape pipe markers complete around pipe in accordance with manufacturers
lnstructions
C Use tags on piping 314 inch diameter and smaller
D ldentl″pipe markers indicalng service,low direclon,and pressure
E lnsta∥pipe markers ln clear view and a∥gn with axls of piping
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 220553‐ l SECT10N 22 05 53
Copy∥ght2016 by KLUBER,INC:A∥R ghts Reserved lDENTIFICAT10N FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
F, Location of pipe identincat10n notto exceed 20 feel on stralght runs including risers and drops,
adiaCenttO each valve and ttee,at each side of penetralon of structure or enclosure,and at each
obstruction,
END OF SECT10N
PRO」ECT NO.18…172‐1197
Copy∥gh12016 by KLUBER,lNC.;A∥Rights ReseⅣed
220553‐2SECT10N 22 05 53
IDENTIFICAT10N FOR PLUMBING PIP:NG AND EQUIPMENT
SECTiON 22 07 19
PLUMBING P:P:NG!NSULAT10N
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SECT10N INCLUDES
A Piping insulation
B. 」ackets and accessorles
l,02 RELATED REQU!REMENTS
A SecJon 07 84 00‐Firestopping
B Seclon 22 10 05-Plumbing Pip ng: Placement of hangers and hangerinsens
l,03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A ASTM C177‐Standard Test Method for Steady‐State Heat Flux Measurements and Themal
Transmisslon Propenies by Means ofthe Guarded‐Hot‐P:ate Apparatusi 201 3
B ASTM C547‐Standard SpecincatiOn for Mineral Flber Plpe lnsulalon;2015.
C ASTM E84-Standard Test Method for Surace Buming Charactenslcs Of Bunding Matetta:s;
2015a
D ASTM E96′E96M―Standard Test Methods for Water Vapo「 Transmisslon of Matettals;2014
E UL723‐Standard for Testfor Surace Burning Charactenstics Of Bu∥ding Malettatti Curent
EdRlon,including A∥Revislons.
1,04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A App∥cator Qua∥nca10ns company specializ ng in pettrming the type of work specined in this
seclon Ⅵ
"th minimum three years of expenenceB Comply wnh the Midwestlnsu!ation Contractors Assoc alon・ Na∥ona!Commercial and lndust面 al
lnsulation Standards・
1.05 DEL:VERY,STORAGE,AND HANDL:NG
A・ Accept materials on site,labeled with manufacturer's identincatiOn,product density,and thickness
l.06 FIELD COND:TiONS
A Maintain ambient condllons required by manuFacturers of each product.
B Mainta n temperature before,du面 ng,and aler nsta∥ ation for mlnimum of 24 hours
PART 2 PRODuCTS
2.01 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Surace Burnlng characterisucsI Flame spread indexlSmoke developed index of 25/50,maximum,
when testedin accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723.
PRO」ECT N0 18-172-1197 220719‐1Copylght 2046 by KLUBER,INC IA∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 22 07 19
PLUMBING PIPING INSULAT10N
2.02 GLASS FIBER
A. Manufacturers:
1. CertainTeed Corporation.
2, Johns Manville Corporation.
3, Knauf lnsulation.
4. Owens Corning Corp.
B. lnsulation: ASTM C547 and ASTM C795; semi-rigid, noncombustible, end grain adhered to jacket.
1.'K' Value: ASTM C177, 0.24at75degrees F.
2. Maximum Service Temperature: 650 degrees F.
3. Maximum Moisture Absorption: 0.2 percent by volume.
C. Vapor Barrier Jacket: White Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn, bonded to aluminized film; moisture
vapor transmission when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M of 0.02 perm-inches.
D. Vapor Barrier Lap Adhesive: Compatible with insulation.
2.03 LAVATORY PIPE INSULATION
A. Manufacturer:
1. Plumberex.
2. Brocar.
3. Truebro.
B. lnsulation: Fully molded closed cell vinyl, fit to lavatory Ptrap, tailpiece and angle valve stop
assemblies. Vinyl shall be antimicrobial with UV inhibitors and utilize reusable fasteners.
C. Color: Almond.
2.04 JACKETS
A. PVC Plastic.
1. Jacket: One piece molded type fitting covers and sheet material, off-white color.
a. Minimum Service Temperature: 0 degrees F.
b. Maximum Service Temperature: 150 degrees F.
c. Moisture Vapor Permeability: 0.002 perm inch, maximum, when tested in accordance with
ASTM E96/E96M.
d. Thickness: 10 mil.
e. Connections: Brush on welding adhesive,
2, Covering Adhesive Mastic: Compatible with insulation.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that piping has been tested before applying insulation materials.
B. Verify that surfaces are clean and dry, with foreign material removed.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. lnstall in accordance with manufacture/s instructions.
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1197 220719‐2Copyttght 2016 by KLUBER,INCI A∥ Righis Reserved
SECT10N 22 07 19
PLUMBING PIPING INSULAT10N
B. lnstall in accordance with North American lnsulation Manufacturers Association (NAIMA) National
lnsulation Standards,
C. Exposed Piping: Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations.
D. lnsulated pipes conveying fluids below ambient temperature: lnsulate entire system including
fittings, valves, unions, flanges, strainers, flexible connections, and expansion joints, All hangers,
supports, anchors and other projections that are in contact to cold surfaces shall be insulated and
vapor sealed to prevent condensation.
E, Glass fiber insulated pipes conveying fluids below ambient temperature:
1 , Provide vapor barrier jackets, factory-applied or field-applied. Secure with self-sealing
longitudinal laps and butt strips with pressure sensitive adhesive. Secure with outward clinch
expanding staples and vapor barrier mastic.
2, lnsulate fittings, joints, and valves with molded insulation of like material and thickness as
adjacent pipe. Finish with glass cloth and vapor barrier adhesive or PVC fitting covers.
F. For hot piping conveying fluids 140 degrees F or less, do not insulate flanges and unions at
equipment, but bevel and seal ends of insulation.
G. Glass fiber insulated pipes conveying fluids above ambient temperature:
1. Provide standard jackets, with or without vapor barrier, factory-applied or field-applied. Secure
with self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips with pressure sensitive adhesive, Secure with
outward clinch expanding staples.
2. lnsulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining
pipe. Finish with glass cloth and adhesive or PVC fitting covers,
H. lnserts and Shields:
1, Shields: Galvanized steel between pipe hangers or pipe hanger rolls and inserts.
L Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, pipe hangers, and other pipe penetrations. Finish at
supports, protrusions, and interruptions. At fire separations, refer to Section 07 84 00.
J. Apply insulation at pipe hangers and supports according to National Commercial and lndustrial
Standards Plate Numbers 5, 6 and 7.
3.03 SCHEDULES
A. Plumbing Systems:
1. Domestic Hot Water Supply:
a. Glass Fiber lnsulation:
1) Pipe Size Range: Up to and including 2 inch.
a) Thickness: 1 inch.
2. Domestic Cold Water:
a. Glass Fiber lnsulation:
1) Pipe Size Range: Allsizes.
a) Thickness: 1 inch.
3. Lavatory Piping:
a. Closed CellVinyl.
PRO」ECT NO.18‐172‐1197 220719‐3Copyright 2016 by KLUBER,INC.iA∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 22 07 19
PLUMBING PIPING INSULAT!ON
1) Thickness: 3/16 inch.
END OF SECT:ON
PROJECT N0 18‐172-1197 220719‐4cOpynght 2016 by KLUBER,:NC.:A∥Rights ReseⅣed
SECT10N 22 07 19
PLUMBING PIPING INSULAT10N
SECT:ON 22 10 05
PLUMB:NC P:PING
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SECT:ON!NCLUDES
A Pipe,pipe ltings,valves,and conneclons for piping systems
l Santary sewer
2 Domesuc water
3 Flanges,unlons,and coup∥ngs
4 Pipe hangers and suppons
l.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A Section 07 84 00-Fireslopping
B Seclion 22 05 53‐ldentncauOn fO「Plumbing Piping and Equipment
C Section 22 07 19‐Plumbing Piping lnsulation
l.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A ASME B16.18‐Cast Copper A∥oy Solder」 oint Pressure Fitingsi 201 2
B.ASME B16 22‐Wrought Copper and Copper A∥oy Solde「」oint Pressure Fitings:2013
C ASTM A74‐Standard SpecincaoOn for Castlron So∥Pipe and Fitingsi 2015.
D.ASTM B32-Standard Specnca10n for Solder Meta1 2003(Reapproved 2014)
E.ASTM B88‐Standard SpecincatiOn for Seamless Copper Waler Tubei 2014
F ASTM B813‐Standard Specinca10n for Liquid and Pasle Fluxes for Solde輌 ng of Copper and
Copper A∥oy Tube;2010
G ASTM B828‐Standard Praclce for Making Cap∥lary」oinls by Soldenng Of cOpper and Copper
Alby Tube and F∥ing,2002(Reapproved 2010)
H.ASTM C564‐Standard Specinca10n for Rubber Gaskets for Castlron So∥Pipe and Fittings;
2014.
I ASTM D2564-Standard Specnca10n for Solvent Cements for Poly(Vinyl Chio“de)(PVC)PlaSJC
円Ong System,2012
」ASTM D2665‐Standard Specllcalon for Poly(Vinyl Chlonde)(Pvc)PlasuC Drain,Waste,and
Vent Plpe and Fitings:2014.
K ASTM D2855‐Standard Praclice fo「Making Solvent―Cemented」oints wnh P。 ly(Vinyl Chlonde)
(PVC)円 pe and Fに ungs 1996(Reapproved 2010)
L AWVA C651‐Dis nfecling Water Mainsi 2005
M CISPi301-Standard SpecincatiOn fOr Hubless Castiron So∥Pipe and Fittings for Sanlary and
Slorm Drain,Waste and Vent Piping App∥cations1 2009
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 221005‐1Copylght 2016 by KLUBER,INC IA∥R ghls Reserved
SECT10N 22 10 05
PLUMBING PIPING
N.CISP1 310‐Specinca10n for Coup∥ng fOr Use in Connection wnh Hubless Castlron So∥Pipe and
Fitings for Sanlary and Storm Drain,Waste,and Vent P ping App∥calons;2011.
O MSSSP‐58‐Pipe Hangers and Suppons‐Mate"als,Design,Manufacture,Selecuon,Appllcalon,
and lnsta∥ationi 2009
P,MSS SP‐80‐Bronze Gate,Globe,Angle and Check Valves;2013
Q MSSSP‐110-Ba∥Valves Threaded,Socket‐Welding,Solder」oint,Grooved and Flared Ends:
2010
R NSF61-D百 n∥ng Water System Components―Heatth EfFect,2014(Errata 201 5)
S NSF372‐D∥nking Water System Components―Lead Conlent 2011
T Safe D「lnking Water Act,Seclon 1417‐Lead Freel Refers to the wetled surace Of pipe,lttings
and ixlures in potable water systems that have a weighted average lead conlentく =025%,
Amended January 4,2011
1.04 QUALITY ASSuRANCE
A Pero「m wOrkin accordance wnh app∥cable codes.
B Perbrm vvOrk ln accordance wnh Ctty plumbing ordinances.
1.05 DELiVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and itings Maintain in place unt∥insta∥ation
B Protect plping systems from entry offoreign male"als by lempOrary covers,compleung sec10ns of
the work,and isolalng pans of completed system
PART 2 PRODuCTS
2.01 GENERAL REQU:REMENTS
A Potable Water Supply Systems: Provide piping,pipe ntingS,and solder and lux of used),that
comply Ⅷth NSF 61 and NSF 372 for maximum lead content;label pipe and ntings
2.02 SANITARY SEWER PIPiNG,BURiED WiTH:N5FEET OF BU:LDING
A.Cast iron Pipe:ASTM A74 servlce weight
l FitingsI Castiron
2 」oints: Hub‐and―spigot,CISPI HSN compresslon type with ASTM C564 neoprene gaskets or
lead and oakum
B Castiron Pipel CiSP1 301,hubless
l Fiings:Castiron
2 」ointsi CISP1 310,neoprene gasket and slainless steel clamp and shield assemb∥es
C PVC Pipe: ASTM D2665 o「ASTM D3034
l FitingsI PVC
2 」ointsi Solvent welded,with ASTM D2564 solvent cement
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1197 221005‐2Copy∥ght2016 by KLUBER,INC:A∥R ghts ReseⅣed
SECT10N 22 10 05
PLUMBINC PIPING
2.03 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE
A, CopperTube: ASTM B88 (ASTM B88M), Type L (B), Drawn (H).
1. Fittings: ASMEBl6.lS,castcopperalloyorASMEBl6.22,wroughtcopperandbronze.
2. Joints: ASTM 832, alloy Sn95 solder.
3. Mechanical Press Sealed Fittings: Double pressed type, NSF 61 approved or certified, utilizing
EPDM, non toxic synthetic rubber sealing elements. Sealing elements shall be factory installed
by fitting manufacturer. Press ends shall have means to indicate non-pressed fitting during
pressure testing.
a. Manufaclurers:
1) Viega LLC.
2) Nibco.
2,04 FLANGES, UNIONS, AND COUPLINGS
A. Unions for Pipe Sizes 3 lnches and Under:
1 . Fenous pipe: Class '150 malleable iron threaded unions.
2. Copper tube and pipe: Class 150 bronze unions with soldered joints.
B. Flanges for Pipe Size Over 1 lnch:
1. Fenous Pipe: Class 150 malleable iron threaded or forged steel slipon flanges; preformed
neoprene gaskets,
2. Copper Tube and Pipe: Class 150 sllp-on bronze flanges; preformed neoprene gaskets.
C. Dielectric Connections: Union with galvanized or plated steel threaded end, copper solder end,
water impervious isolation barrier.
2.05 PIPE HANGERSAND SUPPORTS
A. Provide hangers and supports that comply with [,'lSS SP-58.
1 . lf type of hanger or support for a particular situation is not indicated, select appropriate type
using MSS SP-58 recommendations.
2, Overhead Suppo(s: lndividual steel rod hangers aftached to structure or to trapeze hangers.
3. Trapeze Hangers: Welded steel channelframes aftached to structure.
4, Vertical Pipe Support: Steel riser clamp,
B, Plumbing Piping - Drain, Waste, and Vent:
1. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 'll2 lnch to 1-112 lnches: Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring.
2. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 lnches and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis.
3. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 lnches: Cast iron hook.
4. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 lnches and Over: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp.
5. Floor Support: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier
or steel support.
6. Copper Pipe Support: Carbon steel ring, adjustable, copper plated.
C. Plumbing Piping - Water:
1. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 lnch to 1-112 lnches: Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring.
2. Hangers for Cold Pipe Sizes 2 lnches and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis.
3. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 lnches: Cast iron hook.
PRO」ECT N0 18 172‐1197 221005‐3cOpynght 2016 by KLUBER,INC IA∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 22 10 05
PLUMBING PIPING
4 Wa∥Suppon fOr HOt Pipe Sizes 6 inches and Over Welded steel bracket and wЮ ught steel
damp with adlustaЫ e sted yoke and castiron口 pe rO∥・
5 Copper Pipe Suppoti Carbon steel面 ng,adluStable,copper plaled
2.06 BALL VALVES
A Manufacturers:
1,Mi waukee Valve Company.
2, Nibco,inc;Tノ S‐585-66‐LF
3 Wats.
4 Ap01o
B.Construction,4 1nches and Smaller MSS SP-110,C:ass 150,400 psi CWP,bronze body,304
stainless steel ba∥,regu:ar pol,telon seats and stufrng bOx"ng,blow‐out proof slem,lever
handle、輌th balancing stops,solder,threaded,or grooved ends.
2.07 FLOW CONTROLS
A.Manufacturers:
l Gnswold cOntroヽ
2 1TT Be∥&Gosset
3 Taco,lnc
4 Armslrong.
B Constructioni Class 1251 Lead free,brass or bronze body wlh union on inlet,lemperature and
pressure test plug on inlet
2.08 SW!NO CHECK VALVES
A Manufacturers:
l M∥waukee Valve Company
2 Nibco,lnci S‐413‐Y‐LF
3. Wats,
B Upto 2inchesI
l MSSSP‐139,300 CWP,Ы ∥COn bronze(ASTM ttsted and corrojon reЫ stant)bOdy and cap
deSttned for hoHzontal or vental(10W h upward direcJon)loW,PFTE o「TFE swing dも c輛 th
rubber seat,solder ends
PART 3 EXECuTiON
3.01 PREPARAT:ON
A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burs.
B Remove scale and din,on inside and outside,before assembly
3.02 !NSTALLAT10N
A insta∥in accordance wnh manufaclurers instruclions
B Provide non‐conducling dieiectnc conneclons whereveriOinung dissim∥ar metals
C Roule piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient Route para∥el and perpendicular to wa∥sPRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 224005-4 SECT10N 22 10 05
PLUMBING PIPINGCopylght 2016 by KLUBER,INC:A∥R ghts Reserved
D, lnstall piping to maintain headroom, conserve space, and not interfere with use of space,
E. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations.
F. Prepare exposed, unfinished pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories ready for finish painting.
G. Copper Pipe and Tube: Make soldered joints in accordance with ASTM 8828, using specified
solder, and flux meeting ASTM 8813; in potable water systems use flux also complying with NSF
61 and NSF 372.
H. PVC Pipe: Make solvenlwelded joints in accordance with ASTM D2855.
l. Sleeve pipes passing through partitions, walls and floors.
J. Pipe Hangers and Supports:
1. Support horizontal piping as scheduled.
2. lnstall hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent
work.
3. Place hangers within '12 inches of each horizontal elbow.
4. Use hangers with 1-'l12 inch minimum vertical adjustment. Design hangers for pipe movement
without disengagement of supported pipe.
5. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or
trapeze hangers.
6. Provide copper plated hangers and suppo(s for copper piping.
7. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports, Hangers and supports located in crawl
spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed.
3.03 APPLICATION
A. lnstall unions downstream of valves and at equipment or apparatus connections
B. lnstall brass male adapters each side of valves in copper piped system. Solder adapters to pipe.
c. lnstall ball valves for shuloff and to isolate equipment, part of syslems, or vertical risers.
D. Provide flow controls in water recirculating systems where indicated.
3.04 TOLERANCES
A. Drainage Piping: Establish invert elevations within 1/2 inch vertically of location indicated and
slope to drain at minimum of 1/8 inch per foot slope'
B. Water Piping: Slope at minimum of 1/32 inch per foot and anange to drain at lowpoints.
3.05 DISINFECTION OF DOIIESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM
A. Prior to starting work, verify system is complete, flushed and clean.
B. Ensure Ph of water to be treated is between 7.4 and 7.6 by adding alkali (caustic soda or soda
ash) or acid (hydrochloric).
C. lnject disinfectant, free chlorine in liquid, powder, tablet or gas form, throughout system to obtain
50 to 80 mg/L residual.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐1721197 221005‐5cOpynght 2016 by KLUBER,INCI A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 22 10 05
PLUMBING PIPING
D. Bleed water from outlets to ensure distribution and test for disinfectant residual at minimum 15
percent of outlets.
E. Maintain disinfectant in system for 24 hours,
F. lf final disinfectant residual tests less than 25 mg/1, repeat treatment.
G. Flush disinfectant from system until residual equal tothatof incoming water or 1.0 mg/1.
H. Take samples nosoonerthan 24 hours after flushing, from'10 percent of outlets and from water
entry, and analyze in accordance with AWWA C651.
3.06 SCHEDULES
A. Pipe Hanger Spacing:
1. Metal Piping:
a. Pipe size: 1/2 inches to 1-114 inches:
1) Maximum hanger spacing: 6.5 ft.
2) Hanger rod diameter: 3/8 inches.
b. Pipe size: 1-112 inches to 2 inches:
1) Maximum hanger spacing: 10ft.
2) Hanger rod diameter: 3/8 inch.
c. Pipe size: 2-112 inches to 3 inches:
1) Maximum hanger spacing: 10ft,
2) Hanger rod diameter: 'l12 inch.
2. Plastic Piping:
a. All Sizes:
1) Maximum hanger spacing: 6 ft.
2) Hanger rod diameter: 3/8 inch.
END OF SECTION
PROJECT N0 18‐1721197 221005‐6Copylght 2016 by KLUBER,INCI A∥R19hts Reserved
SECT10N 22 10 05
PLUMBING PIPING
SECT:ON 22 10 06
PLUMBING PiPiNG SPECIALT:ES
PART l GENERAL
l.01 SECT!ON INCLUDES
A Dralns
B Waler hammer arrestors
l.02 RELATED REQU!REMENTS
A Seclon 22 10 05‐Plumbing Piping.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A ASME Al126.3‐Floor and Trench Drainsi 2001(R2007).
B ASSE 1019‐Peお mance Requirements for Wall Hydrant面 th Backnow Proleclon and Freeze
Resistance1 201 1
C NSF61‐D∥nЮ ng Waler System Components‐Heanh EfFecls 2014(Errata 201 5).
D.NSF 372‐D"nking Water System Components‐Lead Conlent 2011
E.PD卜 WH 201‐Waler Hammer Arreslersi 2010
1.04 DELiVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLiNG
A Accept speciakies on sne in Ongina:faclory packaging lnspectfor damage
PART 2 PRODuCTS
2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A Specianiesin POtable Waler Supply Systems: Provide products that comply面 th NSF 61 and NSF
372 for maximum lead content
2.02 DRAINS
A Manufacturers:
l MiFAB,
2 」ay R Smlh Manufactunng Company
3. Zurn lndustries,inc
B Floor Drain(SD‐1):
l ASME Al1263:lacquered castiron ttЮ plece body wth double drainage nange,weep holes,
revesibね dam口 n9cdbr,and 6 hch square,attustabtt stahttss sted(ntke卜 bronze)Straner.
2 MIFABi Model F1000‐C―S6‐32,03 WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS
A Manufacturers:
l MIFAB
2 」ay R.Smlh Manufaclu∥ng Company
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 221006‐1copyngh1 2016 by KLUBER,INCt A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 22 10 06
PLUMBING PIPING SPECIALTIES
3. Zurn lndustries,lnc.
B.Water Hammer Arrestors:
1. Stainless steel construclon,be∥ows type sized in accordance wnh PD卜 WH 201,precharged
sulable for operalon ln temperature range‐1001o300 degrees F and maximum 250 psl
working pressure.
2,MIFABI Model WHB,
PART 3 EXECUT10N
3.01 !NSTALLAT10N
A.lnstallin accordance with manufacturers instruclons.
B,lnstall water hammer arrestors complete with accessible isolalon valve on hot and cold water
supply piping to plumbing lxtures.
END OF SECT10N
PRO」ECT NO.18‐172‐1197 221006‐2Copy∥ght 2016 by KLUBER,INC.;A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 22 10 06
PLUMBING PIPING SPECIALTIES
SECT10N 22 40 00
PLUMB:NG FIXTURES
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SECT10N:NCLUDES
A Showers.
1.02 RELATED REQUiREMENTS
A Seclon 22 10 05‐Plumbing Piping
l.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A NSF61-D"nЮ ng Water System Components‐Heanh Ereclsi 2014(Errata 2015)
B NSF372‐D百 nking Wate「System Components‐Lead Content 2011
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A See Section 01 30 00‐Adminも tra∥ve Requirements,for submmal prOcedures.
B Product Data:Provde catalo9∥ustralons of lxtures,sizes,roughln dimensions,ul1ly sizes,
trirn,and inishes
C Mainlenance Data: lnclude lxture t"m exploded view and replacement pans∥sts
D.Warranty:Subml manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in Owners
name and regも tered with manufacturer.
1.05 QUAL:TY ASSURANCE
A.Manuracturer Qua∥ncauOnsi cOmpany specializing in manufactunng the type of products specned
in this section,wnh minimum three years of documented expenence
l.06 RECULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A Producls Requinng Eleclncal cOnnecJon:Lisled and c:assined by Undenv面 lers Laborato面 es lnc,
as suitable forthe purpose specined and indicaled.
1.07 DELIVERY,STORACE,AND HANDLING
A・ Accept nxlures On ske in faclory packaging. lnspect for damage
B Protectinsta∥ed ixtures from damage by secunng areas and byleavlng faclory packaging in place
tO protecl nxlures and prevent use
l,08 WARRANTY
A,See Sec∥on 01 78 00-Closeout Submitals,for addttional warranty requirements
PART 2 PRODuCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A Potable VVater SyslemsI Provide plumbing lllings and faucets that comply wth NSF 61 and NSF
372 for maximum lead content:label pipe and itings
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172-1197 224000‐l SECT10N 22 40 00
Copyttght 2016 by KLUBER,INCI A∥Rights Reserved PLUMBING FIXTURES
2.02 SHOWER(SH・ 1)
A.Manufacturers:
1.Moen commerciaL Mode18375
2.Powers
3.Symmons
B Tttm:
l ASME Al12.181:concealed shower supply with chrome plated,single handle,pressure
balanced mixing valve(meelng o「exceeding ASSE 1016)with Single bronze stem and integral
service stops Brass construclon canndge面 th stainless steel matenals.Accommodates
back‐lo‐back insta∥aJons
C.Shower Head:
1. ASME Al12.18.li chrome plated brass showerhead w th wa∥bracket and ancho「plale and
bu∥1ln 2 5 9pm¶6w controL
PART 3 EXECUT:ON
3.01 EXAM!NAT!ON
A・ Venfy that wa∥s and Πoo「lnbhes are prepared and ready forinsta∥alon of lxlures.
3.02 PREPARAT:ON
A. Rough‐in lxture piping connecuons in accOrdance Ⅷth minimum sizes indicated in lxture rough‐in
schedule for panicular nxlures.
3.03 :NSTALLAT!ON
A lnsta∥components ievel and plumb
B insla∥ and secure lxtures in place with wa∥supports and bolts
3.04 CLEAN:NG
A Clean plumbing lxlures and equipment
3.05 PROTECT10N
A Proteclinsta∥ed products from damage due lo subsequent construclon operauOns.
B Do not perml use oflxlures by construc∥on personnel
C Repair orreplace damaged products before Dale of SubstanJal CompleJon
3.06 SCHEDULES
A. Fixture HeightsI lnsta∥lxlures to heights above inished loor as indicaled.
l Shower Heads:
a Adult Male: 84 inches lo bottom of head
END OF SECT!ON
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 224000‐2Copyttght 2016 by KLUBER,INCI A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 22 40 00
PLUMBING FIXTURES
SECT10N 23 37 00
A:R OUTLETS AND!NLETS
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SECT10N:NCLUDES
A Regislers/gn∥es
l.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A ASHRAE Std 70‐Method of Teslng the Perormance Of Ar Oulets and lnletsi 2006(R2011)
1,03 SUBM!TTALS
A.See Seclon 01 30 00‐Administralve Requirements for submntal procedures.
B Product Data:Provide data for equipment required forthtt prolecl Review ouJets and inlets as lo
size,lnish,and type of mounting priorto submission Submit schedule of outlets and inlets
shoⅧng type,size,location,app∥cation,and noise level
l.04 QUAL:TY ASSURANCE
A Test and rale air oulet and inlet peformance in accordance wnh ASHRAE Std 70.
B Manufacturer QualincauOns:cOmpany specializing in manuFactunng the type of products specined
in this section,wlh minimum three years of documented expenence.
PART 2 PRODuCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A, PHce lndustnes.
B. Titus
C. Tutle&Ba∥ey.
D.Nallor
2.02 ROUND CE:LiNG D:FFuSERS
A.Typα Round,a"ustabb paね m,stamped or spun,mumК Ore dittserlo dも chaЮ e dr h 360
degree pallem,wnh sectottang bames where hdtated DifFuser cdbr shJl prolect not more than
l lnch above cening.
B.FabHcation:Aluminum wnh baked whne ename1lnish
C Accessories: Radial opposed blade damper and multi‐louvered equa∥zing grid Ⅵ」th damper
attuStaЫ e from dittserface.
D Ttus Model XC‐310.
2.03 WALL EXHAuST AND RETURN REG:STERS′GRILLES
A Typei Stream∥ned blades,314 inch minimum depth,3/4 inch maximum spacing,wth sp"ng or
other device to set blades,horizontal face
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 233700‐1Copy∥ght2016 by KLUBER,lNC:A∥RIghts Reserved
SECT10N 23 37 00
AIR OUTLETS ANDINLETS
B Frame l‐l14 inch margin面 th counlersunk screw mounlng
C Fabnca10n:Aluminum exl「usions,wnh factory baked enamel whne inish
D.Damper lnlegral,9an9‐ope「ated,opposed blade type面 th removable key operator,operable from
face
E.Tlus Mode1 301FL
PART 3 EXECUT:ON
3.01 iNSTALLAT:ON
A.lnsta∥in accordance wnh manufacturers inslrucuons
B Checklocalon ofou∥ets and inlets and make necessary adiuStments in podtion to conform wlh
archileclural features,symmetry,and∥ghlng arangement.
C lnsta∥diffusers to duclwork with al「tttht COnnection
END OF SECT:ON
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 233700‐2Copy19ht 2016 by KLUBER,INCI A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 23 37 00
AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS
SECT10N 26 05 00
BASIC ELECTRiCAL REQU:REMENTS
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A Dra輛 ngs and general proMsions of Contract,lncluding General and Supplementary Condllons
and Division l Specinca10n seclons,apply lo this Seclon
l.02 SECT10N:NCLUDES
A Basic Elect∥ cal Requirements and malenals specinca∥y applicable to Divislon 26 Seclons,in
addlion to Division l‐General Requirements Seclon includes:
l Elect「ical ldentincatiOn
2 Mino「 Demo∥lon
3 Conduclors and Devices
4 Raceways and Boxes
5 SuppOtting Devlces
l.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A Conforrnto NFPA 70‐Na10nal Elect∥cal Code,latest edlion面 th admendments as adopted by
the V∥lage of Oak Brook,lL
B Conform lo bu∥ding cOdes as adopled bythe V∥age of Oak Brook,IL
C.lnsta∥electncai wOrkin accordance wnh the NECA Standard ofinsta∥alon
l.04 DELiVERY,STORAGE AND HANDL:NG
A Slore and protect a∥mate面 als as specined underthe provisions of Seclon 01 60 00 and as
specined herein
B Deliver products to the prolecl propery identned with names,model numbers,lypes,grades,
compliance labels,and otherinformalon needed foridenllcation
C Sh p products lo the lob Ыte in thei「olginal packagin9 Receive and slore products in a sunable
mannerto prevent damage or deterioration Keep equipment up面 ght at a∥times
D lnves19ale the spaces through which equipment must pass to reach ns inal deslnalon.
Coordinate with the manufacturerto arange del市 elγ atthe proper stage of constructlon and lo
prOvide shipping splts where necessary.
1,05 PROJECTISITE CONDiT10NS
A lnsta∥workin localons shown on Dra輛 ngs,unless prevenled by Prolect cond面 ons Drawings
have omllled ce(ain branch circulryin areas for ease ofread ng A∥branch circulry ls lo be
provided by Contractor
B Prepare drawings showing proposed rearrangement ofWork lo meet ProleCI COnd面 ons,including
changes to Work specined in Other Sections Obtain permission from ArchitecllEngineer before
prOceeding as specined under modincatiOn procedures
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1197 260500‐1cOpynght 2016 by KLUBER,INC IA∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 26 05 00
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A,PЮ vlde Work as required for a complete and operalonal electncalinstallalon,
B,A∥products shall be designed,manufactured,and tested in accordance with industry standards.
Standards,organizalons,and their abbrevialons as used hereatter,lnclude the following:
1,Amencan Nalonal Standards lnsttute,lnc(ANSI).
2,Amencan sOciety for Tes∥ng and Matenals(ASttM).
3.Nalonal Electncal Manufacturers Associalon(NEMA).
4.Underw面 tes Laborato面es,lnc.(UL).
C.lnsta∥a∥Work ln accordance with the NECA Standard oflnsta∥alon.
1.07 SUBM:TTALS
A. Submit a∥ requested ilems in Division 26 Sections under provisions of Seclion 01 30 00.
1.08 SUBSTITUT!ONS
A. Substitutlons wi∥be consldered only as a∥owed within the provisions of Section 01 60 00.
1.09 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A,Cooperate and asslstin the preparalon of proieCt record documents underthe prousions of
Section 01 78 00.
1.10 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND C00RDINAT10N
A・ Proper prolect management and coordinalon is cnlcalfora successful pЮ lect.Manage and
coordinate the Work wlth a∥othertrades in accordance wlth Seclon 01 30 00 requirements,
Reliance on the Drawings and SpecincatiOns Onlyforexact proieCt requlrements is insumcient fOr
proper coordlnation,
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 W:R:NG METHODS
A,A∥localons: Bullding wire!n raceway.
B.Use no wire sma∥erthan 12 AWG for power and lighung circuns,and no smallerthan 14 AWG for
control wi"ng.
1.Use 10 AWG conductorfor 20 ampere,120 vok branch circun home runs longerthan 100 feet.
Use mlnimum#10 AWC conductor wire ln a∥the following localons:
a,AIl programmable panel branch clrcuns oargerwhere indicated)。
b.A∥emergency∥ghlng and exl branch circuns.
2.02 WIRE AND CABLE
A,Manufacturers:
1.Okonle。
2.Southwlre.
3. Collyer.
B.Bul∥ing Wire:
SECT10N 26 05 00260500‐2PRO」ECT NO.18‐172‐1197 BASiC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
Copy∥ght 2016 by KLUBER,INC.;A∥Rights ReseⅣed
1, Feeders and Branch Circuits Larger Than 6 AWG: Copper, stranded conductor, 600 volt
insulation.
2. Feeders and Branch Circuits 6 AWG and Smaller: Copper conductor, 600 volt insulation. 6
and 8 AWG, stranded conductor; smaller than 8 AWG, stranded conductor (solid for device
terminations).
3. Control Circuits: Copper, stranded conductor, 600 volt insulation.
4. Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch circuits longer than 75 feet.
5, Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere ,277 voll branch circuits longer than 200 feet.
6, Use conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits.
7. Use conductor not smaller than 16 AWG for control circuits.
C. Locations:
1. Concealed Dry lnterior Locations: Use only building wire with Type THHN insulation in
raceway.
2. Exposed Dry lnterior Locations: Use only building wire with Type THHN insulation in raceway.
3. Above Accessible Ceilings: Use only building wire with Type THHN insulation in raceway.
4. Wet or Damp lnterior Locations: Use only building wire with Type THWN insulation in raceway,
2.03 WIRING DEVICES AND WALL PLATES
A. Single Pole Switch: Specification grade.
1. Hubbell Model 1121.
2. P & S Model521.
3. Leviton Model 1121,
4. Color: lvory.
B. Three-way Switch: Specification grade.
1. Hubbell Model 1123.
2. P&SModel523,
3. Leviton Model 1123.
4. Color: lvory.
C. Four-way Switch: Specification grade,
1. HubbellModel 1124.
2. P&SModel524.
3. Leviton Model 1124.
4. Color: lvory.
D. Single-pole Key Switch: Specification grade,
1. Hubbell Model 1 121-L.
2. P&SModel521-L.
3. Leviton Model 1121-1.
E. Three-way Key Switch: Specification grade.
1. Hubbell Model 1123-1.
2. P&SModel523-1.
3. Leviton Model 1123'L.
F. Four-way Key Switch: Specification grade.
PRO」ECT NO.18‐172‐1197 260500‐3cOpynght 2016 by KLUBER,INC.:A∥Rights ReseⅣed
SECT10N 26 05 00
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
'1. Hubbell Model 1'124-1.
2. P&SModel 524-1.
3. Leviton Model 1124-1.
G. Duplex Convenience Receptacle: Nema 5-20R, duplex, specification grade.
1. Hubbell.
2. Bryant.
3. Leviton.
4. Color: lvory.
H. GFCI Receptacle: Nema 5-20R, duplex, GFCI, specification grade.
1. Hubbell Model GF-5362.
2. Slater Model SIR-2O-F.
3. Eagle Model 647.
4. Color: lvory.
l. Decorative Cover Plate:
1. Hubbell,
2. Bryant.
3. Leviton.
4. Description: lvory, metal.
2.04 RACEWAY REQUIREMENTS
A. Use only specilied raceway in the following locations:
1. Branch Circuits and Feeders:
a. Concealed Dry lnterior Locations: Electrical metallic tubing.
b. Exposed Dry lnterior Finished Locations: Electrical metallic tubing.
c. Exposed Dry lnterior Unflnished Locations: Electrical metallic tubing.
d. All other locations: Galvanized Rigid Metallic Conduit.
B. Size raceways for conductor type installed.
'1. Minimum Size Conduit Homerun to Panelboard: 3/4-inch.
2.05 METALLIC CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
A. Conduit:
1. Rigid Steel Conduil ANSI C80.1.
2. Electrical metallic tubing: ANSI C80.3.
3. Flexible Conduit: UL 1, zinc-coated steel.
a. Liquidtight Flexible Conduit: U1360. Fittings shall be speciflcally approved for use with this
raceway.
B. Conduit Fittings:
'1. Metal Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1.
a. EMT fittings: Use setscrew indentor-type fittings.
2.06 NONMETALLICTUBING
A. Manufacturers:
1. Carlon Co.
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1197 260500‐4cOpynght2016 by KLUBER NCI A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 26 05 00
BASiC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
2 LCP National PlasJcs,inc
3. Pacinc Western Extruded Plaslcs Co
B Desc∥plon: UL651A'Type EB and A PVC Condun and HDPE Condul.1
1.Condull Schedule 40.Sulable for exposure lo sun∥ght and direcl bu"a!
2,07 CONDUiT HANGERS
A Manufaclurers:
1, Minerra∥ac Electnc cOmpany
2 Substttu∥ons1 0r Approved Equal
B Desc面 ploni
l Standard condul hanger,zinc‐plated sleel with bolls
2 Threaded rod and hardware:Plated inish,Ы ze and length as requ red forloading and
conditions
2.08 BEAM CLAMPS
A ManufacturersI
l.Applelon
2.Midwest
3. Raco
B Descriptioni Ma∥eable beam clamp, zinc plated steel
2.09 ELECTR!CAL BOXES
A Manufacturers:
l Raco.
2 Steel Cny.
3 Appleton
4 Substluuonsl or AppЮ ved Equal
B Sheet Meta1 0uuet BOxes:ANSVNEMA OS l,9alvanized steel,sunable fOr installation in
masonry:
C Equipment Suppon 3oxes: Raled for we19ht of equipment supponediinclude 2 inch male lxture
studs where required
D Wet Localon Oullet Boxesi Cast aluminumi Cast a∥oy,deep type,9asket cover,threaded hubs
2.10 PENETRAT:ON SEALANTS
A Fire‐rated assemb∥esi Provide nres10pping of a∥penetrauons made by Wo「k underthお Contract in
accordance wnh prOvisions of Seclion 07 84 00 requlrements.
B Thermal and Moisture ProtectionI Provide thermal and moisture protection made by Work under
this Contract of a∥exlenor wa∥,n00r and roof penetrations in accordance wlh D市 ision 7
requirements
2.1l MOT!ON SENSORS
A ManuFaclurers:
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1197 260500‐5 SECT10N 26 05 00
Copyttght2016 by KLUBER,INC IA∥R19hts ReseⅣed BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
1. Leviton
2. Hubbell
3. Approved Equal
B. Combination Wall Switch/Occupancy Sensor
'1. Dual technology (passive infrared and ultrasonic), 277V sensor with 180degree fieldof-view
and maximum coverage of 2400 square feet.
2. Manual push button for ON/OFF light switching.
3. Time delay settings: 30 seconds, 10, 20 or 30 minutes).
4. Adjustable lntegral blinders.
5. Sensor shall continuously monitor space to identify usage patterns. Unit shall automatically
adjust time delay and sensitivity settings for optimal performance and energy efficiency.
C, Ceiling Mounted,
1 . Dual technology (passive infrared and ulhasonic), 24VDC sensor with unobtrusive appearance
and 360 degrees of coverage.
a. Provide type/quantity of motion sensors to meet square foot coverage requirements.
2. Provide power pack for 24VDC controls and switching ol 1201277Y ctrcuils. Minimum quantity
of sensors per power pack: 2.
3. Sensor shall continuously monitor space to identify usage patterns. Unit shall automatically
adjust time delay and sensitivity settings for optimal performance and energy efficiency.
4. Time delay settings: Auto, fixed (5,'10,15,20 or 30 minutes).
5. Sensitivity settings: Auto, reduced sensitivity (passive infrared) variable (ultrasonic).
6. (1) N/O and ('l) N/C output.
2.12 NAMEPLATESAND LABELS
A. Nameplates: Engraved threeJayer laminated plastic, black lefters on white background,
B. Locations:
1. Each electrical distribution and control equipment enclosure.
C. Letter Size:
1. Use 1/8 inch letters for identifying individual equipment and loads.
2. Use 1/4 inch letters for identifying grouped equipment and loads,
D, Labels: Embossed adhesive tape, with 3/16 inch white lettem on a black background. Use only for
identification of individual wall switches and receptacles and control device stations.
2.13 WIREAND CABLE MARKERS
A. l/anufacturers:
1. Brady Model PCPS.
2. Panduit Model PCM.
3. T&BModel WM.
B. Description: Cloth type wire markers.
C. Locations: Each conductor at panelboard gutters, pull boxes, and each load connection.
D. Legend:
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 260500‐6Copyttght 2016 by KLUBER,INCI A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 26 05 00
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
1. Power and Lighting Circuits: Branch circuit or feeder number indicated on drawings.
2.14 CONDUIT MARKERS
A, Location: Furnish markers for each conduit longer than 6 feet.
B. Spacing: 20 feet on center.
C. Color:
1. 480 Volt System: Orange
2. 208 Volt System: Black
3. Fire Alarm System: Red.
PART3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION
A. Demolition Drawings are based on casualfield observation and are intended to identify the limits
ofthe construction site. Remove all electrical systems in their entirety in proper sequence with the
Work.
B. Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors, and ceilings for removal.
C. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during
construction. When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits, use personnel
experienced in such operations.
D. Existing Fire Alarm System: Maintain existing system in service. Disable system only to make
switchovers and connections, Notify Owner, ArchitecUEngineer and local fire service at least 24
hours before partially or completely disabling system. Minimize outage duration. Make temporary
connections to maintain service in areas adjacent to work area.
E. Beginning of demolition means installer accepts existing conditions.
F. Verify that supporting surfaces are ready to receive work.
G. Electrical boxes are shown on Drawings, in approximate locations, unless dimensioned.
1. Obtain verification from ArchitecUEngineer for locations of outlets throughout prior to rough-in.
H. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive wire markers.
l. Verify that interior of building is physically protected from weather.
J. Verify that mechanical work which is likely to injure conductors has been completed
K. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway system before installing conductors.
3.02 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK
A. Remove all existing electrical installations to accommodate new construction
B. Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply.
C. Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible ceiling
finishes. Cut conduit flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces.
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1197 260500‐7Copy∥ght2016 by KLUBER NCl A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 26 05 00
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
D. Relocate existing fire alarm devices affected by wall, ceiling and floor demolition.
E. Repair adjacent conshuction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work.
F. Properly dispose of all ballast to approved ballast recycler. Do not land flll ballasts,
3.03 APPLICATION
A. lnstall nameplate and label parallel to equipment lines.
B. Secure nameplate to equipment front using screws.
C. Secure nameplates to inside surface of door on panelboard that is recessed in finished locations.
D. ldentify underground conduits using underground warning tape. lnstall one tape per trench at 3
inches below flnished grade.
E. Neatly train and secure wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards.
F. Use wire pulling lubricant for pulling 4 AWG and larger wires.
G. Route wire and cable as required to meet project conditions.
1. Wire and cable routing indicated is approximate unless dimensioned.
2. Where wire and cable destination is indicated and routing is not shown, determine exact routing
and lengths required.
H. Pull all conductors into raceway at same time.
l. Protect exposed cable from damage.
J. Neatly hain and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment and panelboards,
K. Support cables above accessible ceilings to keep them from resting on ceiling tiles.
L. Make splices, taps, and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors without perceptible
temperature rise.
M. Use split bolt connectors for copper conductor splices and taps, 6 AWG and larger. Tape
uninsulated conductors and connector with electrical tape to 150 percent of insulation rating of
conductor.
N. Provide anchors, fasteners, and supports in accordance with NECA "Standard of lnstallation'.
0. Do not fasten suppo(s to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, and conduit.
P. Do not use powder-actuated anchors.
O. Do not drill or cut structural members.
R. Fabricate supports from structural steel or steel channel. Rigidly weld members or use hexagon
head bolts to present neat appearance with adequate strength and rigidity. Use spring lock
washers under all nuts.
S. lnstall surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors.
PROJECT N0 18 172‐1197 260500‐80opyttght 2016 by KLUBER,lNC:A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 26 05 00
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
T, ln wet and damp locations use steel channel supports to stand cabinets and panelboards one inch
off wall.
U. Use sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and panelboards recessed in
hollow partitions.
V. Terminate spare conductors with electricaltape.
W. Do not share neutral conductor on load side of dimmers.
X. lnstall wiring devices in accordance with manufacture/s instructions.
1. lnstall wall switches at height shown on drawings, OFF position down,
2. lnstall convenience receptacles at height shown on drawings grounding pole on bottom.
3. lnstall specific purpose receptacles at heights shown on Drawings.
Y. lnstall wall plates flush and level.
1. lnstall decorative plates on switch, receptacle, and blank outlets in finished areas.
2. lnstall galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in unfinished areas, above
accessible ceilings, and on surface-mounted outlets.
END OF SECT10N
PROJECT NO.18‐172‐1197 260500‐9Copy∥ght 2016 by KLUBER,!NC.:A∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 26 05 00
BAS:C ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
SECT10N 26 51 00
LIGHTING
PARTl GENERAL
l.01 SECT10N:NCLUDES
A !nte面 o「luminaires.
B Emergency∥ghing unls
C.Ballasts and d“vers
D Lamps
E Lumlnalre accessorles
l.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. NECA l‐Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Constructioni National Electrical
Contractors Associalon;2010
B NECAllESNA 501‐Recommended Praclce forlnsta∥ing Exlenor L ghung systems:Nalonal
Electncal cOntractors Associauoni 2006
C NEMA LE4‐Recessed Luminaires,Ce∥ng Compalb∥∥y;Nauonal Elect∥cal Manufaclurers
Associalon;2012
D.UL 1598‐Luminairesi Current Ed∥ion,lncluding A∥ Revisions.
E.UL 8750‐Light Emiting Diode(LED)Equipmentfor Use in Lighlng Productsi Curent Ed面 on,
lncluding A∥Revisions
F IESNA LM‐63‐ANSl Approved Standard F∥e Formatfor Electronic Transfer of Photometnc Data
and Related lnformationi l∥uminaung Enginee"ng society;2002(Reamrmed 2008).
G NECAllESNA 500‐Standard forinsta∥ing indoor Commercial Lighung systems;NaJonal
Eleclncal Contractors Associauon;2006.
H.NECAllESNA 502‐Standard forlnsta∥ng lndustnal Lighlng Syslems:Nalonal Electncal
Contractors Associatloni 2006.
I UL924‐Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment;Current Ed∥lon,lncluding A∥Revisions
J.UL 1598‐Luminaires;Current Ed∥ion,lncluding A∥Revislons
l.03 ADM!NiSTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A Coordinalon:
l Coordinale the insta∥ation ofluminaires wth mounting suraces insta∥ed under other sections
or by others Coordinate the work with placement of suppons,anchOrs,elc required for
mounlng,coordinale compa∥b∥ty ofluminaires and associaled t"ms w th mounung Suraces
at insta∥ed locations
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 265100‐1Copylght 2016 by KLUBER,INCI A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 26 51 00
LIGHTING
2. Coordinate the placement of luminaires with structural members, ductwork, piping, equipment,
diffusers, fire suppression system components, and other potential conflicts inslalled under
other sections or by others.
3. Notify ArchitecuEngineer of any conflicts or deviations from the conlract documents to obtain
direction prior to proceeding with work.
1.04 SUBI{IITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Provide photometric calculations lvhere luminaires are proposed for substitution upon request.
2. lndicate construction, installation and mounting delails for products.
3. Wiring Diagrams: Submit wiring diagrams for all exit sign, night light, self-contained back-up
battery lighting, battery ballasts and associated circuit breakers, programmable circuit breakers
and/or emergecy circuit breakers.
C. Product Data: Provide manufactureis standard catalog pages and data sheets including detailed
information on luminaire construction, dimensions, ratings, finishes, mounting requirements,
listings, service conditions, photometric performance, installed accessories, and ceiling
compatibility; include model number nomenclature clearly marked with all proposed features.
1 . LED Luminaires:
a. lnclude estimated useful life, calculated based on IES LM-80 test data.
b. lnclude IES LM-79 test report upon request.
2. Lamps: lnclude rated life, color temperature, color rendering index (CRl), and initial and mean
lumen output.
3. Wiring diagrams: Provide wiring diagrams for dimmable ballasts and dimmable switches,
D. Manufacturefs lnstallation lnstructions: lndicate application conditions and limitations of use
stipulated by product testing agency. lnclude instructions for storage, handling, protection,
examination, preparation, and installation of product.
E. Operation and Maintenance Data: lnstructions for each product including information on
replacement parts.
F. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owne/s use in maintenance of project.
'1. See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions.
G. Project Record Documents: Record actual connections and locations of luminaires and any
associated remote comPonents.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this
section with minimum three years documented experience.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION
A. Receive, handle, and store products according to NECA/IESNA 500 (commercial lighting),
NECAi IESNA 502 (industrial lighting), and manufacturer's written instructions
PROJECT NO. 18-172-1197 26 51 00 - 2 sEcTloN 26 51 00
Copyright 2016 by KLUBER, lNC.; All Rights Reserved LIGHTING
B, Keep products in original manufacturer's packaging and protect from damage until ready for
installation.
1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Maintain field conditions within manufacturer's required service conditions during and after
installation.
1.08 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals, for additional wananty requirements.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 LUMINAIRE TYPES
A. Furnish products as specified below.
B. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements, except where individual luminaire
types are designated with substitutions not permitted.
C. Type A: Recessed LED'l'x4' .
1. Products:
a. Philips FluxPanel LED- 1FXP3018354-DS-UNV-DlM.
b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2. Housing: Steel, painted white.
3. Nominal Size: 1 by 4 feet.
4. Air Function: Static (no air function).
5. Ceiling Trim: NEMA type F (flanged ).
6. Lamp(s): One-3000 lumen LED.
a. Conelated Color Temperature: 3,500 K.
7. Voltage: Universal 120-277V.
8. Provide emergency power supply unit in luminaires designated with "EM" on the drawings.
9. Mounting: Recessed, hard ceiling.
D. Type B: Recessed LED Downlight,
1, Products:
a. Philips Lightolier - CP6RB07830W.
b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
2. Housing: Aluminum.
3. Nominal Aperture Size: Round, 6 inches.
4. Lamp(s): 0ne-11W LED.
a. Correlated Color Temperature: 3,000 K.
5. Voltage: Universal 120-277V.
2.02 LUMINAIRES
A. Provide products that comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Provide products that are listed and labeled as complying with UL 1598, where applicable.
C. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
PROJECT N0 18-172‐1197 265100‐3cOpyngh1 2016 by KLUBER,lNC IA∥Rights Reserved
SECT10N 26 51 00
LIGHTING
D. Provide products complying with Federal Energy Management Program (FEMP) requiremenls.
E. Unless othenrt/se indicated, provide complete luminaires including lamp(s) and all sockets,
ballasts, reflectors, lenses, housings and other components required to position, energize and
protect the lamp and distribute the light.
F. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required conduit, boxes, wiring,
connectors, hardware, supports, trims, accessories, etc. as necessary for a complete operating
system.
G. Provide products suitable to withstand normal handling, installation, and service without any
damage, distortion, conosion, fading, discoloring, etc.
H. Recessed Luminaires:
'1. Ceiling Compatibility: Comply with NEMA LE 4.
2. Luminaires Recessed in lnsulated Ceilings: Listed and labeled as lC+ated, suitable for direct
contact with insulation and combustible materials.
3, Luminaires Recessed in Sloped Ceilings: Provide suitable sloped ceiling adapters.
l. FluorescentLuminaires:
1. Provide ballast disconnecting means complying with NFPA 70 where required.
J. LED Luminaires:
1 . Components: UL 8750 recognized or listed as applicable.
2, Tested in accordance with IES LM-79 and IES LM-80.
3. LED Estimated Useful Life: Minimum of 50,000 hours at 70 percent lumen maintenance,
calculated based on IES LM-80 test data.
K, LED Luminaire Components: UL 8750 recognized or listed as applicable.
L. Luminaires Mounted in Continuous Rows: Provide quantity of units required for length indicated,
with all accessories required for joining and aligning.
2.03 EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS
A. Description: Emergency lighting units complying with NFPA 101 and all applicable state and local
codes, and listed and labeled as complying with UL 924.
B. Operation: Upon interruption of normal power source or brownout condition exceeding 20 percent
voltage drop from nominal, solid-state control automatically switches connected lamps to integral
battery power for minimum of g0 minutes of rated emergency illumination, and automatically
recharges battery upon restoration of normal power source.
C. Battery:
1. Sealed maintenancejree lead calcium unless otherwise indicated.
2. Size battery to supply all connected lamps, including emergency remote heads where
indicated.
D. Diagnostics: Provide power status indicator light and accessible integraltest switch to manually
activate emergency operation.
E. Provide low-voltage disconnect to prevent battery damage from deep discharge.
PROJECT N0. 18-172-1197 26 51 00 - 4 sEcTtoN 26 51 0O
Copyright 2016 by KLUBER, lNC.;All Rights Reserved LtcHTtNG
F. Accessories:
1. Provide compatible accessory mounting brackets where indicated or required to complete
installation.
2. Provide compatible accessory high impact polycarbonate vandal shields where indicated.
3. Provide compatible accessory wire guards where indicated.
4. Where indicated, provide emergency remote heads that are compatible with the emergency
lighting unit they are connected to and suitable for the installed location.
2.04 BALLASTS AND DRIVERS
A. Manufacturers:
1. General Electric Company/GE Lighting: www.gelighting.com.
2. Osram Sylvania: www.sylvania.com.
3. Philips Lighting Electronics/Advance: www.advance.philips.com,
4. Universal; www.unvlt.com
5. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
6. Manufacturer Limitations: Where possible, for each type of luminaire provide ballasts produced
by a single manufacturer.
7. Where a specific manufacturer or model is indicated elsewhere in the luminaire schedule or on
the drawings, substitutions are not permitted unless explicitly indicated.
B. All Ballasts:
1 . Provide ballasts containing no polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs).
2. Minimum Efficiency/Efficacy: Provide ballasts complying with all cunent applicable federal and
state ballast efficiency/efficacy standards.
C. Dimmable LED Drivers:
1 . Dimming Range: Continuous dimming from 100 percent to one percent relative light output
unless dimming capability to lower level is indicated, without flicker.
2. Control Compatibility: Fully compatible with the dimming controls to be installed.
3. Product(s):
a. Lutron Hi-Lume (13D0-Series): 3-wire and digital control; 0.'l percent dimming with Soft-On
and Fade-to-Black low end performance.
b. Lutron Hi-Lume A-Series (LTE-Series): Forward phase (neutral wire required); one percent
dimming.
c. Lutron Hi-Lume A-Series (L3D-Series): 3-wire and digital control; one percent dimming.
d. Lutron EcoSystem H-Series (LDE'I-Series): Digital control; one percent dimming Wth
Soft-On and Fade-to-Black low end performance.
2.05 FLUORESCENT EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY UNITS
A. Description: Self-contained fluorescent emergency power supply units suitable for use with
indicated luminaires, complying with NFPA 101 and all applicable state and local codes, and listed
and labeled as complying with UL 924.
B. Compatibility:
1. Ballasts: Compatible with electronic, standard magnetic, energy saving, and dimming AC
ballasts, including those with end of lamp life shutdown circuits.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 265100‐5Copy∥gh12016 by KLUBER INCI A∥R19hts Reserved
SECT10N 26 51 00
L GHTING
2. Lamps: Compatible with low-mercury lamps.
C. Operation: Upon interruption of normal power source, solid-state control automatically swilches
connected lamp(s) to the fluorescent emergency power supply for minimum of 90 minutes of rated
emergency illumination, and automatically recharges battery upon restoration of normal power
s0urce.
D. Emergency lllumination 0utput:
1. Luminaires with F32T8 Lamps: Operate one lamp(s) ataminimumof 600 lumens unless
otherwise indicated with indicated illumination evenly divided between the lamps.
E. Diagnostics: Provide accessible and visible multi-chromatic combination test switch/indicator light
to display charge, test, and diagnostic status and to manually activate emergency operation,
F. Fluorescent Dimming Control Units: Linear slide type, rated wattage and voltage as required.
2.06 LAMPS
A. Manufacturers:
1. General Electric Company/GE Lighting: www.gelighting.com.
2. Osram Sylvania: www.sylvania.com.
3, Philips Lighting Company: www.lighting.philips.com.
4. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
5. Manufacturer Limitations: Where possible, provide lamps produced by a single manufacturer.
B. Lamps - General Requirements:
1. Unless explicitly excluded, provide new, compatible, operable lamps in each luminaire,
2. Verify compatibility of specified lamps with luminaires to be installed. Where lamps are not
specified, provide lamps per luminaire manufacture/s recommendations.
3. Minimum Efiiciency: Provide lamps complying with all cunent applicable federal and state lamp
efficiency standards.
4. Color Temperature Consistency: Unless otherwise indicated, for each type of lamp furnish
products which are consistent in perceived color tempemture. Replace lamps that are
determined by the ArchitecUEngineer to be inconsistent in perceived color temperature,
C, Compact Fluorescent Lamps: Wattage and bulb type as indicated, with base type as required for
luminaire.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A, Verify that field measurements are as shown on the drawings.
B. Verify that outlet boxes are installed in proper locations and at proper mounting heights and are
properly sized to accommodate conductors in accordance with NFPA 70.
C. Verify that suitable support frames are installed where required.
D. Verify that branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready for connection to
luminaires.
E. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
PRO」ECT N0 18-172‐1197 265100‐6Copy∥gh12016 by KLUBER,INCI A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 26 51 00
LIGHTING
F. Examine substrate and supporting grids for luminaires.
G. Examine each fixture to determine suitability for lamps specified.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Provide extension rings to bring outlet boxes flush with flnished surface
B, Clean dirt, debris, plaster, and other foreign materials from outlet boxes.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. lnstall products according to manufacture/s instructions'
B. lnstall luminaires securely, in a neat and wokmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1 (general
workmanship), NECA 500 (commercial lighting), and NECA 502 (industrial lighting).
C. lnstall luminaires plumb and square and allgned with building lines and with adjacent luminaires.
D. Locate recessed ceiling luminaires as indicated on reflected ceiling plan.
E. lnstallwall mounted luminaires, emergency units and exit signs at height as indicated on Drawings
and directed in the field by Architect. obtain final approval from Architect prior to commencement
of this portion of work.
F, lnstall accessories furnished with each luminaire.
G, Make wiring connections to branch circuit using building wire with insulation suitable for
temperature conditions within luminaire.
H. Suspended Ceiling Mounted Luminaires:
1. Do not use ceiling tiles to bear weight of luminaires.
2. Support luminaires larger than 2 foot by 4 foot size independent of ceiling framing.
3. Secure lay-in luminaires to ceiling support channels using listed safety clips at four corners.
4. See appropriate Division 9 section where suspended grid ceiling is specified for additional
requirements.
l. Recessed Luminaires:
1. lnstall trims tight to mounting surface with no visible light leakage.
2. lnstall recessed luminaires to permit removal from below.
3. lnstall recessed luminaires using accessories and lirestopping materials to meet regulatory
requirements for fire rating.
4. lnstall clips to secure recessed grid-supported luminaires in place.
J. Suspended Luminaires:
1. lnstall using the suspension method indicated, with support lengths and accessories as
required for specilied mounting height.
2. Unless otherwise indicated, support pendants from swivel hangers.
K. lnstall accessories furnished with each luminaire.
L. Bond products and metal accessories to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor.
PRO」ECT N0 18‐172‐1197 265100‐7Copy∥ght2016 by KLUBER,INCI A∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 26 51 00
LIGHT NG
M. Fluorescent Luminaires Controlled by Dual-Level Switching: Connect such that each switch
controls the same conesponding lamps in each luminaire.
N. Emergency Lighting Units:
1. Unless otherwise indicated, connect unit to unswitched power from same circuit feeding normal
lighting in same room or area. Bypass local switches, contactors, or other lighting controls.
O. lnstall lamps in each luminaire.
P. Lamp Burn-ln: Operate lamps at full output for prescribed period per manufacture/s
recommendations prior to use with any dimming controls. Replace lamps that fail prematurely due
to improper lamp burn-in.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect each product for damage and defects.
B. Operate each luminaire afier installation and connection to verify proper operation.
C. Test self-powered exit signs, emergency lighting units, and fluorescent emergency power supply
units to verify proper operation upon loss of normal power supply.
D. Correct wiring deficiencies and repair or replace damaged or defective products. Repair or replace
excessively noisy ballasts as determined by ArchitecUEngineer.
E. Energy Code Commissioning: The electrical contractor shall program, test, calibrate and confirm
the proper operation and plaement of all lighting controls in accordance with the lnternational
Energy Code, 2012 Edition Paragraph C408.3 "Lighting system functional testing".
3.05 ADJUSTING
A. Aim and position adjustable luminaires to achieve desired illumination as indicated or as directed
by ArchitecUEngineer. Secure locking fittings in place.
B. Aim and position adjustable emergency lighting unit lamps to achieve optimum illumination of
egress path as required or as directed by ArchitecUEngineer or authority having jurisdiction.
C. Relamp luminaires which have failed lamps at completion of work.
3.06 CLEANING
A. Clean surfaces according to NECA 500 (commercial lighting), NECA 502 (industrial lighting), and
manufacturer's instructions to remove dirt, fingerprints, paint, or other foreign material and restore
finishes to match original factory finish.
3.07 CLOSEOUTACTIVITIES
A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals, for closeout submittals.
B. Demonstration: Demonstrate proper operation of luminaires to ArchitecUEngineer, and correct
deficiencies or make adjustments as directed.
C. Just prior to Substantial Completion, replace all lamps that have failed.
D. Pro.iect record documents: Accurately record location ofeach luminaire.
PRoJECT N0. 18-172-1197 26 51 00 - 8 SECTIoN 26 51 00
Copyright 2016 by KLUBER, lNC.; All Rights Reserved LIGHTING
3.08 PROTECT:ON
A P「otecl lnsta∥ed luminaires from subsequent construction operations
END OF SECT10N
PROJECT N0 18‐172‐1197 265100‐9Copyttght 2016 by KLUBER,lNC IA∥R ghts Reserved
SECT10N 26 51 00
LIGHTING
ATTACⅡⅣIENT C
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
FIRE STATION 93 SHOWER R00MS PIPING AND VALVE
REPLACEMENT PROECT
ATTACHM[ENT C
LIST OF DRAWINGS
SHEET NOS.SHEET TITLES
G100 Cover Sheet, General Notes, Symbols, and Drawing
lndex
A310 Floor Plans and Reflected Ceiling Plans
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
FIRE STATION 93 SHOWER R00MS PIPING AND VALVE
REPLACEMENT PROECT
ATTACHMENT D
SPECIAL PROJECT REOUIREMENTS
1. Contractor shall have five (5) years of experience which is comparable in type and scope to
this project.
2. Work hours are 7:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Monday through Friday. Any deviation is subject to
the approval of the Village representative.
3. The project will be done on consecutive work days, excluding weekends and holidays
observed by the Village, until completed, delays only to inclernent weather.
4. Contractor is required to obtain all necessary permits from the Village of Oak Brook, and
schedule required inspections through Community Development.
5. The Contractor shall supply to the Village, phone numbers where he/she can be reached
after normal working hours.
6. The Contractor must submit all manufacturers' literature on all materials that will be used
on this project, including M.S.D.S. (Material Safety Data Sheets) prior to any work
beginning.
7. A storage location for supplies, ladders and scaffolding shall be mutually agreed upon
between the Village and the contractor before any material is stored on site. The Contractor
must deliver material with manufacturers labels intact and legible, store material on raised
platforms and cover material with protective covering.
8. Before work is started, Contractor must deliver to the job site sufficient material to complete
the project.
g. If a dumpster is required, the location of the dumpster placement shall be mutually agreed
upon between the Village and the contractor.
10. All ladders and scaffolding shall be maintained in prior working order during the course of
this project and shall be secured at the end of each workday.
1 1. Contractor must provide barricades to ensure that falling debris will not injure anyone, and
to prevent public access to the work area at all times. Yellow "CAUTION" tape will be
ATTACHMENT D
placed below the immediate work areas of laborers and scaffolds to warn the public of
people working overhead.
12. At all times, Contractor must keep the work and storage areas in a clean, orderly, and a
picked up manner, to prevent debris from blowing. Clean adjoining streets and immediate
vicinity at the end of each work day. Sidewalks, windowsills, roofs and other work areas
will be broom swept to remove all debris. Daily material and debris not placed into dumpster
will be removed from the site.
13. Upon completion of the project the work area shall be cleaned. All debris and remaining
material and supplies shall be removed from the jobsite, including the dumpster within 72
hours of completion.
14. Upon completion the Contractor shall supply a one year warranty covering material and
workmanship; contractor shall submit sample warranty with bid.
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
FIRE STAT10N 93 SHOWER R00MS PIPING AND VALVE
REPLACEMENT PROECT
APPENDIX l
PREVAILING WAGES
County Trade T tle ReEion Type Class Base WaBe OT M F OT Sa OT Su OT Hol H/W Training Other Frinse Benefit
DuPaBe ASBESTOS ABT‐G〔NA∥ALL200
DuPage ASBESTOS ABT‐MEC A∥BLD 3788 403812920 ll
DuPage BOILERMAK[R A∥BL0 4946 53912200
DuPage BRICК MASON A∥BLD 45382 174O00
DuPage CARPENTER A∥ALL 4735 493S 117900
DuPage CEMENT MASON A∥ALL 4525 47252 11フ5 17030
OuPaBe CERAMIC TILE FNSHER A∥BLD 3956 152 1075 120200770
DuPage COMMUNICAT10N TECH A∥BLD 33822 1938 189 068
DuPage ELECTRIC PWR EQMT OP A∥ALL 4259 57952 5750 0750
DuPage ELECTRIC PWR EQMT OP AtL Hヽ ″γ 4145 1522 12870 0730
DuPage ELECTRIC PWR GRNDMAN A∥ALL22 9090 0290
DuPa8e ELECTRIC PWR GRNOMAN AtL HWY2 29920 0660
DuPage ELECTRlC PWR LINEMAN A∥ALL 510622 1277 57500
DuPaSe 〔tECTRIC PWR LINEMAN ALL HWY 56382 15400
DuPage εLCCTRIC PWR TRK DRV A∥ALL 3403 57952 575 105500
DuPage ELECTRIC PWR TRK DRV ALL Hヽ ～γ 5638200
DuPage 〔tECTRICIAN A∥BLD2 1235 21780
DuPage CtEVATOR CONSTRuCTOR An BLD 5485 61712 2 2971 439
DuPage FENCE ERECTOR ALL 3958220O
DuPage FENCE ERECTORW ALL 4506 1052 207600
DuPaEe GtAZIER A∥BLD 424522 1404 20140 0940
DuPage HT/FROST INSulATOR A∥BLD 505 1292 13160 072O
OuPaae IRON WORК CR ALL 48332 2 2 21415 232800
DuPage IRON WORKERW ALL 4661 5017222 6970 081
DuPage lABORER A∥ALL 42,2 43872 2137700
OuPage LATHER A∥ALL 4735 152 2117900
DuPaBe MACH!NIST A∥BLD22 フ23 8950
DuPage MARBLE FlNISH ERS A∥ALL 3465 477 152 1065 16460 0490
DuPage MARBLE MASON A∥BLD22 1065 17390 0610
DuPage MATERlAL TESTER l A∥ALし2 21855 99500
DuPage MATERIALS TESTER II A∥ALL 3772 1522 13770
OuPage MILtWRlGHT A∥ALL 152 1703 1845
0uPage OPERATING ENGINEER A∥BLD 50122 200O0DuPage OPERATING ENGlNEER A∥BLD22 207300 3444
DuPage OPERATING ENGINEER A∥BLD 472522 1965 15120
DuPage OPERATING ENGINEER A∥BLD4 44522 143520
DuPage OPERATING〔NG!NEER A∥BLD5 5485 55122 196520
DuPage OPERATING〔NGINEER A∥BLD6 52122 196520
DuPage OPERAT!NG ENGINEER A∥BLD フ 531220000
DuPage OPERATING ENGINEER A∥ FビT402 402000 0196500
DuPage OPERATING ENGINEER A∥HWY1 483 51322 1505
DuPaSe OPERATlNG ENGINEER A∥HWY2 48752 19650
DuPage OPCRAT!NG FNGINEER A∥HWY3 4672 19650
DuPage OPERAT!NG FNGINEER A∥HWY4 5332 19650
DuPage OPCRATING ENGINEER A∥HWY520
DuPage OPCRATING ENGINECR A∥HWY6 523 5332 196520
DuPage OPERATING ENGINECR A∥HWY7220
OuPaSe ORNAMNTLIRON WORKER[ALL 4805 50552 221409 205900uPage ORNAMNTtlRON WORKERW ALL 4506222 1052 207600
DuPage PAINTER A∥ALL 10550 13S0
DuPage PAINTER SIGNS A∥BLD 432522000
DuPaSe PILEDRIVER A∥ALL 4735 49352 220410 0630
DuPa8e PIPEFITTER A∥BLD 5152 1005 189400
DuPage PLASTERER ALL BLD 45312 15710 089O
DuPage PLUMBER A∥BLD2 13350 1280
DuPa8e R00F[R A∥BL0 4フ 652 973 12440 0530
DuPaEe SHEETMETAL WORKER A∥BLD 4677 49112 1075 155500DuPage SPR,NKLER FITTER A∥BLD 5062 1335 15500
DuPage STEEL CRECTORE ALt22 195900
DuPage STEEL ERECTORW ALL 486622 1052 207600
DuPage STONE MASON A∥BLD2 1065 179200920
DuPage T〔RRAZ20 FINiSHER A∥BLD 4154 44542O0
DuPage TERRA″O MASON A∥BLD 4888200
DuPage TILE MASON A∥BLD200
DuPage TRAFFIC SAFETγ WRKR A∥HWY 3762 7058 170
0uPage TRUCK DRIVER A∥ALL2 210150
DuPage TRuCK DRIV[R A∥ALL2 2O0150
DuPage TRuCK DRlVER A∥ALL2 968 132500
DuPage TRuCК OR!VER A∥ALL4 3816200
DuPage TuCKPOINTER A∥BLD2 834 168100
APPENDIX 2
PEWORDIANCE BOND
KNOW ALL NIIEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
finsert contractor name and address here:]
as Principal (hereinafter called the "Contractor") and
[insert surety name and address here:]
organized and existing under the laws of the State of
(hereinafter called the "Surety") are held and firmly bound unto Village of Oak
Brook, 1200 Oak Brook Road, Oak Brook, Illinois, as the obligee (hereinafter called the "Ownef'), in
thefu1landjustsumof[insertfullcontractpricehere:]$forthe
payment of which sum of money well and truly to be made, the Contractor and the Surety bind
themselves and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally,
firmly by these presents, said amount to include payment of actual costs and damages and for attorneys'
fees, architectural fees, design fees, engineering fees, accounting fees, testing fees, consulting fees,
administrative costs, court costs, interest and any other fees and expenses resulting from or incurred by
reason of the Contractor's failure to promptly and faithfully perform its contract with the Owner, said
contract being more fully described below, and to include attorneys' fees, court costs and administrative
and other expenses necessarily paid or incurred in successfully enforcing performance of the obligation
of the Surety under this bond.
WHEREAS, the Contractor has entered into a written agreement dated [insert contract date
here:l , 201-, with the Owner titled [insert contract title here:]
(thC
"Contract"), the terms and conditions of which are by this reference incorporated herein as though fully
set forth herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT if thE
Contractor shall well, truly, and promptly perform all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions,
and agreements of the Contractor under the contract, including but not limited to the Contractor's
obligations under the Contract, (1) to provide, perform, and complete at the Work Site and in the manner
specified in the Contract all necessary Work, labor, services, transportation, equipment, materials,
apparatus, machinery, tools, fuels, gas, electric, water, waste disposal, information, data, and other
means and items necessary for [insert general description of the Work here:]
(2) to procure and furnish all permits, licenses, and other governmental approvals and authorizations
necessary in connection therewith [except as otherwise expressly provided in the Attachment _ of
the ContractJ; Q) to procure and furnish all bonds, certificates, and policies of insurance specified in
the Contract; (4) to pay all applicable federal, state, and local taxes; (5) to do all other things required
of the Contractor by the Contract; and (6) to provide, perform, and complete all of the foregoing in a
proper and workmanlike manner and in full compliance with, and as required by and pursuant to, the
Contract; all of which is herein referred to as the "Work," whether or not any of the Work enter into and
become component parts of the improvement contemplated, then this obligation shall be null and void;
otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect.
APPENDIX 2
The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no changes, modifications, alterations,
omissions, deletions, additions, extensions of time, or forbearances on the part of the Owner or the
Contractor to the other in or to the terms of said Contract; in or to the schedules, plans, drawings, or
specifications; in or to the method or manner of performance of the Work; in or to Owner-furnished
facilities, equipment, material, service, or site; or in or to the mode or manner of payment therefore shall
in any way release the Contractor and the Surety or either or any of them, or any of their heirs, executors,
administrators, successors, or assigns, or affect the obligations of the Surety on this bond, all notice of
any and all of the foregoing changes, modifications, alterations, omissions, deletions, additions,
extensions of time, or forbearances and notice of any and all defaults by the Contractor or of the Owner's
termination of the Contractor being hereby waived by the Surety.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing paragraph, in no event shall the
obligations of the Surety under this bond in the event of the Contractor's default be greater than the
obligations of the Contractor under the Contract in the absence of the Contractor default.
In the event of a default or defaults by the Contractor, the Owner shall have the right to take
over and complete the Contract on 30 calendar days' written notice to the Surety, in which event the
Surety shall pay the Owner all costs incurred by the Owner in taking over and completing the Contract.
At its option, the Owner may instead request that the Surety take over and complete the Contract,
in which event the Surety shall take reasonable steps to proceed promptly with completion no later than
30 calendar days after the date on which the Owner notifies the Surety that the Owner wants the Surety
to take over and complete the Contract.
The Owner shall have no obligation to actually incur any expense or correct any deficient
performance of the Contractor to be entitled to receive the proceeds of this bond.
No right of action shall accrue on this bond to or for the use of any person or corporation other
than the Owner or the heirs, executors, administrators, or successors of the Owner.
Signed and sealed this
AttestAMitness:
day of 201
PRINCIPAL
By:
Title:
By:
Title:
Attest/Witness:SURETY
By:
By:
By:
By:
APPENDIX 3
LABOR AND ⅣIATERIALS PAYⅣIENT BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESEPuSENTS:
[insert contractor name and address here:]
as Principal (hereinafter called the "Contractor") and
[insert surety name and address here:]
, organized and existing under the laws of the State of
(hereinafter called the "Surety") are held and firmly bound unto Village of Oak
Brook, 1200 Oak Brook Road, Oak Brook, Illinois, as the obligee (hereinafter called the "Owner"), for
the use and benefit of itself and of claimants as hereinafter defined (the "Claimants") in the full and just
sum of [insert fulI contract price here:] $.to be paid to the Owner or the
Claimants or the Owner's or the Claimant's assigns, to which payment well and truly to be made the
Contractor and the Surety bind themselves and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and
assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents, said amount to include attorney's fees, court
costs, and administrative and other expenses necessarily paid or incurred in successfully enforcing
performance of the obligation of the Surety under this bond.
WHEREAS,the Contractor
201
has entered into a written agreement dated [insert contract date
, with the Owner titled [insert contract title here:]here:]
'oContract"), the terms and conditions of which are by this reference incorporated herein as though fully
set forth herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT if thc
Contractor shall promptly pay or cause to be paid all sums of money that may be due to any Claimant
with respect to the Contractor's obligations under the Contract: (1) to provide, perform, and complete
at the Work Site and in the manner specified in the Contract all necessary Work, labor, services,
transportation, equipment, materials, apparatus, machinery, tools, fuels, gas, electric, water, waste
disposal, information, data and other means and items necessary for [insert general description of the
Work here:]
(2) to procure and furnish all permits,
licenses, and other governmental approvals and authorizations necessary in connection therewith
[except as otherwise expressly provided in Attachment A to the Contract]; (3) to procure and furnish
all Bonds and all certificates and policies of insurance specified in the Contract; (4) to pay all applicable
federal, state, and local taxes; (5) to do all other things required ofthe Contractor by the Contract; and
(6) to provide, perform, and complete all of the foregoing in a proper and workmanlike manner and in
full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, the Contract; all of which is herein referred to
as the "Work," whether or not any of said Work enter into and become component parts of the
improvement contemplated, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full
force and effect.
For purpose of this bond, a Claimant is defined as one having a direct contract with the
Contractor or with a subcontractor of the Contractor to provide, perform, or complete any part of the
Work.
The Contractor and the Surety hereby jointly and severally agree that every Claimant that has
not had all just claims for the furnishing of any part of the Work paid in full, including without limitation
all claims for amounts due for materials, lubricants, oil, gasoline, rentals of or service or repairs on
machinery, equipment, and tools consumed or used in connection with the furnishing of any part of the
(the
APPENDIX 3
Work, may sue on this bond for the use of that Claimant, may prosecute the suit to final judgment for
such sum or sums as may be justly due that Claimant, and may have execution therein; provided,
however, that the Owner shall not be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any such suit.
The provisions of 30 ILCS 550/l and 2 of the Illinois Compiled Statutes shall be deemed inserted herein,
including the time limits within which notices of claim must be filed and actions brought under this
bond.
The Contractor and the Surety hereby jointly agree that the Owner may sue on this bond if the
Owner is held liable to, or voluntarily agrees to pay, any Claimant directly, but nothing in this bond shall
create any duty on the part of the Owner to pay any Claimant.
The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no changes, modifications,
alterations, omissions, deletions, additions, extensions of time, or forbearances on the part of the Owner
or the Contractor to the other in or to the terms of the Contract; in or to the schedules, plans, drawings,
or specifications; in or to the method or manner of performance of the Work; in or to Owner-furnished
facilities, equipment, material, service, or site; or in or to the mode or manner of payment therefor shall
in any way release the Contractor and the Surety or either or any of them, or any of their heirs, executors,
administrators, successors, or assigns, or affect the obligations of the Surety on this bond, all notice of
any and all of the foregoing changes, modifications, alterations, omissions, deletions, additions,
extensions of time, or forbearances and notice of any and all defaults by the Contractor or of the Owner's
termination of the Contractor being hereby waived by the Surety.
Signed and sealed this _ day of
Attest/Witness:
By:
Title:
AttesVlVitness:
By:
Title:
#34920193 v2
201
CONTRACTOR
By:
SIIRETY
By:
By:
By: